SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Performance_Magazine_Printed_Edition_v3.2-f
© 2015 The KPI Institute Ltd. All Rights Reserved.
ID Number: TKI0151031
ISBN: 978-1517155827
An appropriate citation for this magazine is:
The KPI Institute, Performance Magazine, no. 1, September, 2015, Melbourne, Australia
Indemnity statement
The KPI Institute has taken due care in preparing the analysis contained in this publication. However, noting that some
of the data used for the analysis has been provided by third parties, The KPI Institute gives no warranty to the accuracy,
reliability, fitness for purpose, or otherwise of the information. The KPI Institute shall have no liability for errors,
omissions, or inadequacies in the information contained herein or for interpretations thereof. The opinions expressed
herein are subject to change without notice.
Published by:
The KPI Institute
Life.lab Building
198 Harbour Esplanade, Suite 606
Melbourne Docklands, VIC 3008, Australia
Telephone
Headquarters: +61 3 9028 2223
Middle East Division: +971 4 311 6556
European Division: +40 3 6942 6935
South East Asia Division: +60 3 2742 1357
E-mail: office@kpiinstitute.org
www.kpiinstitute.org
INDEMNITYSTATEMENT
SEPTEMBER 20152
EDITOR’S NOTE
NEWS
EVENTS
COVER STORY
INTERVIEWS
Alan Thomson
André de Waal
Rahul deo Gupta
Tor Bøe-Lillegraven
Rick Edgeman
PORTRAIT
AROUND THE WORLD
India
Abu Dhabi
Malaysia
Australia
ARTICLES
Strategy
Customer Satisfaction
KPI
Organizational Performance
Balanced Scorecard
Individual Performance
Data Analysis
Risk Management
Operational Performance
Innovation
Personal Performance
Data Visualization
Benchmarking
ASK THE EXPERTS
LIFESTYLE
HARDWARE
SOFTWARE
RECOMMENDED RESOURCES
3
6
8
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
22
26
26
28
30
32
34
34
36
37
38
40
42
43
44
46
47
48
50
52
54
56
57
60
61
AROUND THE WORLDINTERVIEWS
PORTRAIT 22
2611
CONTENTS
3SEPTEMBER 2015
EDITORIAL COORDINATION
Aurel Brudan
CEO, The KPI Institute
Adrian Brudan
General Manager TKI – EMEA
Adelina Chelniciuc
Head of Publishing & Media
Diana Zărnescu
Senior Editor & Publisher
Denisa Călin
Senior Editor & Publisher
EDITORIAL TEAM
Cristina Tărâţă
Head of Research Programs
Andreea Vecerdea
Head of Strategy and Performance
Oana Gavril
Project Manager for SE Asia Region
Mihai Toma
Head of Professional Practice
TKI MENA
Mihai Păculea
Head of Digital Marketing
Andrada-Iulia Gheţe
Head of Innovation
Paul Albu
Senior Business Research Specialist
Marcela Presecan
Business Research Specialist
Ramona Gligorea
Talent Development Specialist
GUEST WRITERS
Manuel Hila
Maria Desmons-Macrea
DESIGN
Design coordination
Daniela Fajardo
Senior Graphic Design Specialist
Design team
Javier Rocha
Head of Graphic Design
After more than one year of resounding
success, the time has come for
PERFORMANCE Magazine to move
closer to the professional readership by
integrating the best content published
online, alongside exclusive materials,
into its printed counterpart.
Encompassing The KPI Institute’s
experienceandresearch,PERFORMANCE
Magazine–PrintedEditionwillprovideits
readershipwithfirst-handhow-to,resourcesandinsightsfrompractice,soas
to assist them in their performance endeavors and in becoming state-of-the
artprofessionals.
Shippeddirectlytoyou,thisquarterlypublicationembedsexhaustive
analysis on various topics related to performance management,
by offering expert interviews, extensive research studies, concept
presentations, insights from practice, alongside software or hardware
reviews, and educational resources recommendations.
The accelerated evolution of performance-related practices and
tools, together with their utility in multiple functional areas and
industries, have influenced us to expand our areas of expertise, along
with our portfolio of services. Now, PERFORMANCE Magazine
offers exclusive access to an excerpt of our expertise and research,
through well-documented, yet easy-to-read articles on a large range
of topics.
Featured in every edition, there will be interviews with renowned
experts in the field of performance management, compliments of our
editorial team’s participation in multiple performance-related events
all around the world. An extra feature is that each issue includes
details about one preeminent expert in the field, pointing to their
performance initiatives in both personal lives, and professional
endeavors.
Gain insights into public sector implementation processes from
various countries and nations, as each edition will feature extensive
analyses on the subject, documented by our Business Research
Specialists. Also, best practices, alongside the latest trends, will be
offered for a wide variety of performance-related sub-domains,
from Strategy to KPIs and from Customer Service to Innovation
performance.
Not least, the magazine will feature recommended resources
for professionals interested in combining leisure and professional
development, such as books and documentaries.
We are always interested in gaining insights from practitioners
activating in the performance management field. If you are interested
in becoming a Guest Editor, or having your interview featured in our
magazine.contact us at: performance@kpiinstitute.org
Get inspired by discovering successful performance endeavors,
combine leisure with highly useful, educational reading, gain a
performance-oriented approach to both organizational and personal
life and stay up-to-date with the latest developments in the field, now
both in online and in print!
Adelina Chelniciuc.
Head of Publishing & Media.
The KPI Institute
EDITOR’SNOTE
STAFF
SEPTEMBER 20154
Americas
Brazil
Canada
Mexico
USA
Europe
Austria
Romania
UK
Africa
Morocco
Nigeria
South
Africa
Australia
China
India
Indonesia
Malaysia
Singapore
Middle East
Bahrain
Egypt
Kuwait
Oman
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
Turkey
UAE
Scheduled Courses in 2015
COUNTRIESCERTIFICATION TRAINING COURSES IN 25
Year of establishment
# Years spent on
researching performance
best practice
2004
organization Research education
11
# KPI examples published
on smartKPIs.com
# Organizations assisted
through smartKPIs.com
# Education programs
delivered
20,475
28,000
4
228
# Open training
courses delivered
# In-house training
courses delivered
115
113
# Client organizations
614
# Professionals trained
# Training days delivered
3,400
554
25
For more details: store.kpiinstitute.org
5SEPTEMBER 2015
Thetwo-dayinteractiveprogramwillhelp
you understand personal performance,
by explaining the benefits and clarifying
the process of measuring it. It focuses
on identifying ways to boost your
performanceoutsideworkinghours.
Participants will not only understand the
importance and implementation phases
for the Customer Service Excellence
standards, but they will also be given the
necessary tools to implement it internally
andmeasureitsimpactexternally.
Attendees will gain exposure to best
practices and key concepts and will
learn how to establish and use criteria
for performance evaluations, from
implementation to improvement and
maintenance of the company’s employee
performancemanagementsystem.
Participants’skillsinmanagingsupplier
performance and developing a strategic
approach to procurement will be
developedbyenablingtheidentification
of performance gaps and implementing
action agreements with suppliers.
This course offers insights and best
practices for improving performance in
different scenarios, from data analysis
and reporting, decision making and
initiative management, to building a
performance culture.
Benchmarking methodological uniqueness
is represented by the identification and
analysis of the processes that lead to a
superior performance of a company,
offering the opportunity to compare
an organization’s performance against
industrycompetitors.
The course will help improve the
business planning process and long-
term organizational performance,
through the use of strategic planning
tools that will ultimately lead to smarter
and quicker strategic decisions.
An exclusive framework that provides
insightsoneffectivevisualcommunication,
through a rigorous approach to creating
visual representations of vast information,
techniques of standardization and tailored
datavisualizationtools.
This program is meant to improve the
practical skills in working with KPIs and
developing instruments like scorecards
and dashboards. Participants will acquire a
soundframeworktomeasureKPIs,starting
from the moment they are selected, until
resultsarecollectedinperformancereports.
Attendants will understand through
practicallearninghowtoeffectivelycollect,
analyze and interpret data by enabling
managers/analysts to draw insights from
both quantitative and qualitative data,
based on historical statistics and trend
analysis.
Certified Personal Performance Professional Certified Customer Service Performance Professional
CertifiedEmployeePerformanceManagementProfessional Certified Supplier Performance Professional
Certified Performance Improvement Professional Certified Benchmarking Professional
CertifiedStrategyandBusinessPlanningProfessional Certified Data Visualization Professional
Certified KPI Professional Certified Data Analysis Professional
To browse through our upcoming training courses and select the solution that best addresses your personal and professional
objectives we recommend you visit: http://store.kpiinstitute.org/scheduled-courses
THE KPI INSTITUTE’S PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS
To browse through our upcoming training courses and select the solution that best addresses your
personal and professional objectives visit our online Store. store.kpiinstitute.org/scheduled-courses
SEPTEMBER 20156
Researchers from the University of South
Australia have recently developed a system
that should monitor the athletes’ heart rate,
in order to determine how well they recover
from training. This technology could be
used for the Australian representative team
at the 2016 Summer Olympics from Rio de
Janeiro, according to ABC Online.
This also becomes a good risk assessment
tool as, by indicating the athletes who have
not properly recovered from training, it
can prevent injuries. Also, as Professor
Jon Buckley, director of the Alliance
for Research in Exercise, Nutrition
and Activity at the University of South
Australia declared for ABC Online, being
able to measure the players’ rate of recovery
could help in implementing a customized
training regime, in improving the team
performance and the game strategy.
The system, patented by University
of South Australia, is developed in
collaboration with the South Australian
Sports Institute and a Finnish heart rate
monitor company.
Recent findings shared by the CIPD
Employee Outlook tracker pointed out
that 44% of employees do not relate to their
organization’s objectives and do not feel
that they work towards achieving a specific
goal or objective. The other 56%, however,
said that, by having an objective, their
performance at work increases and might
help them advance in their careers.
The results of this bi-annual report also
> Australia’s Olympic
team might get a touch of
measurement for Rio 2016
> The Customer Experience Management Market will
grow with roughly $ 5 billion by 2019
> Improving patient care by reporting performance
> No objective to work towards? Over 40% of employees say so
NEWS
NEWS
show that employees’ preferences revolve
around performance feedback, more
specificallyindividualfeedbackofferedmore
frequently than once a year.
CIPD’sEmployeeOutlookreportcompiles
theresponsesof2,226employeesfromvarious
industries and organizations to extract views
upontheplacestheyworkfor,theircolleagues
andsuperiors,aswellasupontheperformance
management systems implemented.
Customer Experience Management (CEM) is becoming very popular, due to
the analytical tools used to process and analyze customer feedback, and more
and more companies have started investing in such solutions, according to the
market research company MarketsandMarkets.
As stated in their report, “Customer Experience Management Market (VOC
Analytics, Feedback Management, Web Analytics, Text Analytics, Speech
Analytics) - Advanced Technologies, Touch Points, Adoption Trends, Market
Size & Forecasts (2014 – 2019)”, the industry is forecasted to grow from $3.77
billion in 2014 to $8.39 billion in 2019.
CEM is an aggregation of processes, based on a wide variety of technologies
that aim at gathering customer feedback, understanding their expectations
and improving the overall customer experience through different touch points.
Another segment of the market report details Customer Relationship
Management (CRM) as the strategy of managing and nurturing a company’s
interactions with its clients. The CRM application manages sales activities,
marketing and customer services by using data management, business
intelligence and analytical tools.
More and more hospitals include
performance data on publicly reported
measures into their annual goals, as stated
by Infection Control Today (ICT).
According to ICT, public reporting
programs are a part of a strategy that the
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
(CMS) implemented in order to improve
outcomes for hospitalized patients and to
encourage improvement efforts.
70% of the assessed hospitals agreed
that “public reporting stimulates the
quality improvement activity” in terms
of mortality, readmission, process and
patient experience measures, according
to ICT. However, as stated by the same
source, 45.7% to 58.6% percent of hospital
leaders were concerned that focusing on
publicly reported quality measures could
lead to neglecting the other important
topics. Another common concern is that
hospital employees would adopt a negative
behavior in order to show improvement
instead of actually taking measures.
freeimages.com
7SEPTEMBER 2015
All chief district police officers (OCPD)
are likely to implement a Key Performance
Indicator(KPI)tomeasuretheeffectiveness
of their measures for fighting illegal cyber
gambling, as the Home Minister Dato’
Seri Dr. Ahmad Zahid Hamidi recently
declared for the Malaysian newspaper The
Star Online.
The introduction of such a KPI is part
of the measures taken in order to deal
with this problem, which affects the entire
nation, along with initiatives such as a
tactical squad of 200 officers that, starting
from December, will conduct raids in order
to prevent illegal cyber gambling. Also, 53
online gambling websites were identified
and blocked.
OCPDs are not the only Malaysian
public organization that will be assessed
by using KPIs until the end of this year.
According to The Star Online, the political
party Umno will also be evaluated, in
terms of progress, by using KPIs at both
divisional and branch level.
The Australian Pipeline Industry
Association(APIA)hasrecentlydeveloped
an increased focus in understanding
and managing the impacts of fatigue
on employees’ physical and cognitive
performance.
The risks that fatigue presents to the
pipeline industry were compiled by
APIA in their “Fatigue Risk Management
Guidelines”. Through these Guidelines,
APIA encourages members to implement
Fatigue Risk Management Systems
(FRMS), which should include a systematic
approach to risk management, training for
workers, as well as policies and procedures
The use of performance information for
various management activities and decision
making in US agencies has decreased
over the last few years, according to a
recently released report, compiled by the
Government Accountability Office.
In order to evaluate the implementation
of the GPRA Modernization Act of 2010,
GAO compiled an index derived from a
set of questions, extracted from the most
recent surveys (2007 and 2013) and used
statistical analysis to identify practices that
are significantly related to the use of the
performance information index.
According to GAO, government-wide,
theuseofperformancedatahasdecreasedin
theperiod2007-2013.Outofthe24assessed
entities, 6 have experienced statistically
Qlik has recently launched its first device-
independent, self-service visualization tool,
which allows users to create customized
data analyses in order to have an instant
overview of the results and connections
that appear.
Qlik Sense is an intuitive analytics tool
that enables the generation of personalized
> Preventing illegal cyber
gambling with KPIs in Kuala
Lumpur
> New risk management guidelines for APIA
>TowhatextentareUSgovernmentalagenciesusingperformance
data today?
> Qlik’s new Business Intelligence tool
reports and dynamic dashboards to explore
vast amounts of data.
Relationships between data dimensions
are presented in Smart Visualizations and
can be discovered by using the Smart Search
function. Qlik Sense also allows the creation
of visualizations through a user friendly
drag-and-drop function.
tosupportthefatiguemanagementstrategy.
According to APIA’s guidelines, a FRMS
should contain: a fatigue risk management
policy, hours of work monitoring, fatigue
risk management processes, fatigue
management training and education for
employees, management and families, a
fatigue reporting system for employees,
sleep disorder management, fatigue
incident investigation, as well as internal
and external auditing and safety assurance
processes.
APIA is the peak body representing
Australasia’s pipeline infrastructure, with a
focus on gas transmission.
significant changes. Only 2 agencies have
shown a significantly increasing trend
(the Office of Personnel Management
and the Department of Labor), while
within agencies such as the Department of
Veterans Affairs, the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration, the Department
of Energy and the Nuclear Regulatory
Commission, the use of performance data
has significantly decreased throughout the
last 6 years.
Another important finding was the
connection between the use of performance
information and engagement: the
agencies whose managers reported a great
engagement in these practices have also
experienced increases in terms of using
performance information.
NEWS
freeimages.com
freeimages.com
freeimages.com
SEPTEMBER 20158
EVENTSEVENTS
SEPTEMBER 9th - 11th, 2015 HOTEL JW MARRIOTT KUALA LUMPUR
AND KPIS FORUM
he first week of the fall season brought forth the
Performance Improvement and KPIs Forum which
took place between September 9th and 11th, in Kuala
Lumpur, Malaysia.
Whatmakesthiseventspecialisthatitrepresentsthefirst
of its kind to be organized within the Asia Pacific region,
with a special focus centered on cutting-edge solutions for
business improvement.
Regional thought leaders teamed-up with international
businessexpertstoshare,teachandlearnthenewdirections
of the contemporary organizational world, alongside the
most appropriate tools and processes that allow experts to
manage and improve the corporate dimensions.
The3daysoftheeventwerebuiltupon3mainactivitypillars:
Keynote presentations
whereleadersintheirdomainrevealedbestpractices,asthey
have come to regards them;
Successful case studies
whereexpertsdetailedonthespecificphasesofimplementing
functional performance measurement systems;
Networking sessions and panel discussions
where interaction and sharing were the main mediums for
gathering information about strategy implementations
and reviewing.
The most extensive part of the event consisted in the
presentations delivered by over a dozen speakers, each
of them experts and leaders in their respective business
domains.
60+ participants
14+ keynote presentation
and panel discussions
12+ speakers and panelists
3 days
1 report launch
9SEPTEMBER 2015
EVENTS
The majority of keynote speakers live
and work in Malaysia, and can thus be
considered as accustomed to the culture
and business environment specific to the
ASEAN professional world.
From Human Resources specialists, such
as ShazmiAli, to Talent and Organizational
Development experts represented by Mei
Lynn Chan, Monir Azzouzi, or Wan
Erzin Sazli, to Productivity & Quality
Management leaders like Abdul Wahab
Hassan and Chief Financial Officers such
as Haris Aziz and Aiza Azreen, who is the
ChiefStrategyandTransformationOfficerat
a leading Malaysian bank, all brought forth
valuable insights from within their practice
domains, openly sharing experiences that
peers can use to enhance their knowledge
and expertise.
An outer-regional perspective was
brought by speakers who came to the
Performance Improvement and KPIs
Forum from as far as Australia namely,
David Vandervlist, the Assistant Director
of Strategic Planning, from the United Arab
Emirates, represented by the Managing
Director of The KPI Institute in the region,
Teodora Gorski, two preeminent Human
Resources and Talent Development
specialists, who both came from Singapore:
May-Lene Tan, HR Head, and Caroline
Palmstedt, Regional Talent Development
Lead and, last but not least, The KPI
Institute’s own CEO, Aurel Brudan.
The topics tackled within the three-day
conferenceallsoughtbusinessimprovement
practices. Thus, from KPI selection,
Balanced Scorecard System, analytics and
KPI software, to less technical topics such
as talent development, organizational
effectiveness and maintaining increased
performance levels, all were comprised in
multiple presentations that ensured a full
palette of business improvement solutions
for all participants present at the event.
The two workshops scheduled for the
ThefirstAsia
PacificForum
dedicatedto
promoting
cuttingedge
solutionsfor
yourbusiness
improvement!
last day of the event engaged participants
in the selections and target setting process
for KPIs and in the activity of aligning and
building a performance-oriented culture
as two essential phases of Performance
Improvement.
Included in between the presentations,
several special events diversified the event’s
procedures with panel discussions on the
essentials of being a high performer, the
importance of alignment, both discussions
being complemented by the launch of the
Performance Improvement in ASEAN 2015
report.
Thus, 3 days dedicated to performance
improvement have ended swiftly, but not
without results as all participants admitted
to the benefits of having and maintaining
a constant contact with a panel of same-
minded specialists, environment that only
events of this kind can offer.
SEPTEMBER 201510
These five key words
represent some valuable
drivers that, if correctly and
constantly implemented,
can help you build an
organizational culture oriented
towards performance. Give
it time and thought and,
eventually, this endeavor will
provide a productive and
positive working environment.
“Reward” performance! It is not enough to measure the progress, you must take
actions and reward good results. Rewards do not necessarily have to be financial bonuses,
they can also consist of nonfinancial nudges, such as tickets to the movies, a golden star,
a celebration with colleagues. Rewarding should not take place only when you conduct
performance evaluations, but also each time someone does something good, and it can
be as simple as an acknowledgement of their achievement.
FIVE STEPS TO BUILDING A SUSTAINABLE
PERFORMANCE CULTURE
Engage. Stimulate. Train. Reward. Energize.
CRISTINA TARÂTA
Engageyouremployees!Engagementisreflectedinthediscretionaryeffortanemployee
is willing to put into his work. This goes beyond the feeling of satisfaction and motivation,
and research has shown it yields a significant impact on productivity, employee turnover
and customer satisfaction. Engagement happens when employees clearly understand what
is expected from them and how success looks like, when they are given the tools to do their
job right, when they have a certain degree of autonomy and when they trust and respect
the organization’s purpose and leadership.
Stimulate employees, by using gamification – the inclusion of game elements into the
working environment. By designing all sorts of contests between departments and teams,
employees are motivated to perform better, to “win the game”. Competitiveness is part of
human nature and, if adequately coordinated, it can bring forth the best in people.
Train your staff, therefore provide them with the instruments they need to improve
their competencies. After you have set clear performance expectations, you must ensure
that your staff has opportunities to learn, grow and become better employees, and
training is a good tool for addressing these needs. It also shows employees that they are
being supported in order to achieve their objectives.
Energize, by constantly activating all of the above elements and understanding that
these are not one time events, but rather a never ending cycle.
Influencing or changing the organizational culture is not easy and the outcomes are
not immediate. On the contrary, benefits become palpable in the long run. The entire
purpose of building a performance culture is to ensure employees are more productive,
more creative and more dedicated to their jobs and to the organization.
COVER STORY
11SEPTEMBER 2015
Managing Director Abu Dhabi Sewerage
Services Company
AssociateProfessorofStrategicManagement
attheMaastrichtSchoolofManagement
Corporate Head of Strategy, Planning,
Operational Excellence, Abunayyan
Head of CCI Business, Consulting
Professor of Sustainability & Enterprise
Performance, ICOA, Aarhus University
Alan Thomson
André de Waal
Rahul Deo Gupta
Tor Bøe-Lillegraven
Rick Edgeman
INTERVIEWS
INTERVIEWS
SEPTEMBER 201512
Alan Thomson
Managing Director
Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services
Company, UAE
Being present at the 2014 edition of the
Strategy Leaders Forum, held in Dubai, the
PERFORMANCE Magazine team was privy
to valuable insights on the latest thoughts
and trends in strategy formulation and
execution, organizational performance and
business excellence.
Our correspondent, present at the event,
caughtupwithAlanThomson,theManaging
DirectorattheAbuDhabiSewerageServices
Company. In his interview, he discussed
the link between strategic planning and
performance management, the recent
improvements he has observed in the field
and some handy, experience based ways
of overcoming performance management
challenges and establishing a performance
oriented corporate culture.
1. What does the term Performance
Management mean to you?
Performance management means doing
the job you do, but doing it better. It means
exploring and understanding the processes
that you follow, walking through the
processes, even re-engineering them and
then evaluating where you have gone with
your exercise, if you have improved your
performance through measurement. The
measures have to reflect very closely what
your business focuses on. But basically, it
is about doing the job you do, but doing
it better.
2. What is the relation between
Strategic Planning and Performance
Management?
The relation is very close. Performance
management has to have a plan in order
to help you improve. If you don’t know, if
you don’t understand what you are doing,
then it is very difficult to know if you
have improved or if you have gone back.
By implementing a strategic plan, you
have a better understanding of what your
objectives are. Strategic planning will guide
you and provide a framework for you to
improve your work, your business and your
service delivery.
3. How do you see the disciplines of
strategy and PM in your geographical
area today?
I work in the Middle East and I would
say it is improving. There is much more
awareness now. Nine years ago, people
didn’t recognize that we had customers.
They were consumers or users, now we have
customers. And this is a big step, although it
soundssmall.Now,weareawarethatpeople
should value your services, so the services
should be good and according to their
expectations. The Abu Dhabi government
is very constructive and supportive in
pushing good strategic management and
performance through the government
industries, and we are one of these utilities
which is essential for the growth of UAE,
and this had been recognized by the
government and supported not only in
terms of their reactions and governmental
administrative support, but also with
financial support.
4. Which are the main challenges
organizations face in developing
strategy and managing performance?
One of the main challenges is the change
of directions, so external or third parties,
such as government, new legislations
which impact very dramatically on the
work that we do. So, in order to manage
ourselves well we have to build flexibility,
and this flexibility enables us to review
quickly what we are doing, with the
support of government agencies, and to
appropriately redirect what we need to do
to accommodate the new legislation or
the changes the government imposes. The
link between government and businesses
is very short in Abu Dhabi. Something that
is decided in the government circle quickly
impacts on businesses, so we have to be very
aware of the political situation, both with
small and large “p”, so both government
and people related politics, and we have to
understandwhatthegovernment’spriorities
are, and that they can change, because the
world is a changing place. I think the main
challenge is the external change, and how
to integrate that into your strategy so that
your strategy doesn’t go in one direction,
when the government wants you to go in
other direction.
5. What advice would you give to
practitioners working in this field, for
overcoming these challenges?
I would say don’t have anything fixed
forever! You have to look, listen and be
very attentive to the changes that happen.
By doing that you can embrace the changes,
understand whatthedirectionsareandalter
thedirectionofyourbusinesstohelpdeliver
what the government is looking for. So my
advice is always don’t be too strict about
your strategy, because it can change and it
will change.
6.Whichweretherecentachievements
ingeneratingvaluefromperformance
management in your organization?
We have got a program management
exercise, a program management office
which we put in place to deliver a strategic
investment over our business, and that
Performance management means doing the job you do, but
doing it better. It means exploring and understanding the
processes that you follow, walking through the processes,
even re-engineering them and then evaluating where you
have gone with your exercise, if you have improved your
performance through measurement.
INTERVIEWS
13SEPTEMBER 2015
has been a big success. We branded it, and
the brand traveled across the globe. It has
been highly successful, very well-known
and noticed by all the involved parties,
the stakeholders, government – we had
visits from senior government people to
help the launch of this program – this has
increased the awareness on the importance
and utility, on why is it important for Abu
Dhabi’s growth to have this kind of services
in place, and this all has been done through
strategic planning: the evaluation of where
we are and where we need to be and how
we can close the gap between the starting
point and where we need to be with Abu
Dhabi’s growth and development over the
next 25-30 years.
7. What would you recommend as an
approach for building a performance
oriented culture?
I think you have to engage your colleagues.
You need the buy-in from everybody that
is working with you, they cannot see it as
extra work. As busy as they are, they might
think that another initiative will be a burden
or more work load. So you have to get them
engaged and help them recognize that this
will help them deliver their work rather
than stop them from moving forward.
We do that by good communication. We
use multiple forms of communication,
whether it is our website, email, meetings,
word of mouth, messages on our text
system, and of course formal meetings to
launch and review strategies on an annual
or bi-annual basis. By doing that, we get
the employees engaged. But we also have
to get stakeholders engaged and we have an
exercise when we go to our stakeholders,
have interviews or meetings with them and
try to understand what their frustrations
are. By listening to them, we can hopefully
improve our internal processes.
André de Waal
Associate Professor of Strategic
Management at the Maastricht School
of Management, Netherlands
During the 2014 PMA Conference, held in
Aarhus, Denmark, our editors were able to
access valuable insights from some of the
most highly skilled and experienced aca-
demics and practitioners in the field of Per-
formance Management.
Here, the PERFORMANCE Magazine team
got the opportunity to connect with André
de Waal, Associate Professor of Strategic
Management at the Maastricht School of
Management (Netherlands) and get his
insights on the current state of the perfor-
mance management field and his thoughts
on the future of the discipline.
1. Which are the main challenges
that organizations face today
in implementing Performance
Management systems?
The main challenge is discipline,
when companies decide to actually do
performance management. If you talk to
bothtopandmiddlemanagement,whatyou
hear is that their agendas are full, they have
so much on their plate and this is not a thing
they need to do. You have to think, first of
all, what this will bring to the organization,
what is the added value, and if you decide
it is very important, then do it and stick
with it, because if you don’t stick with it,
performance management will not give you
its true benefits.
2. What are the 2014 key trends in
Performance Management?
In this conference, I have heard a lot about
sustainability. I am not sure if this is a key
trend.Ithinkaverycleartrendisrepresented
by High Performance Organizations,
which involve sustainability, but it is the
sustainability of performance, which is
something else. What organizations are
dealing with is getting out of the recession,
regainingandsurpassingtheirperformance,
gettingonahighlevelandstayingthere.This
means that a second trend is motivating
people in this new era of social media.
How do you keep them interested? Can
you do this with the rigid performance
management system or you have to find a
more flexible way?
3. If you are to give three pieces of
advicetocompaniesonhowtomanage
theirperformance,whatwouldtheybe?
Thefirstonewouldbetocreateabigpicture.
Create a vision of what your company
could be. And here I come back to High
Performance Organizations, because
everyonewantstoachievehighperformance.
But what does it actually mean? Paint me a
picture, let’s say for 3-5 years from now, how
will your company look like? Only then you
can start thinking what your role should be
inthereandhowperformancemanagement
can help you create this High Performance
Organization.Theinterestingthing,andthis
goes back to your previous question, is that
this becomes inspiration, because people
will say “Why do I need to use performance
management?”, but then they realize “Wait,
if it is a great technique to help me become
an HPO I’ll do it, no questions asked”.
4. Which companies would you
recommend to be looked at due
to their particular approach to
Performance Management and their
subsequent results?
This is a difficult question, because as soon
as you call a company high performant it
goes down again. However, I would say
You have to think, first of all, what this will bring to the
organization, what is the added value, and if you decide it is
very important, then do it and stick with it, because if
you don’t stick with it, performance management
will not give you its true benefits.
INTERVIEWS
SEPTEMBER 201514
Ziggo. It is a cable company which used to
call themselves an LPO (Low Performance
Organization). About four or five years ago
they were crucified on business televisions
because they were so bad and they had
received many complaints. They started
to work with HPOs, they implemented
a performance management system and
they are now the best performing cable
company of Netherlands and probably of
Europe: highest profitability, highest client
satisfaction, highest employee satisfaction.
Why? Because they painted the picture of
how the company could be. They did not
even call it HPO, they called it HPZ (High
PerformanceZiggo),andtheystartedasking
all the people in the organization “How are
you going to help us create this HPZ?” So
I think Ziggo is an excellent example. They
are now merging with UPC, as UPC is also
interested in becoming an HPO.
5. How can an organization ensure
it has an efficient approach to
Performance Management?
We now know many things about the
structural instruments we can use. The
Balanced Scorecard, the Performance Prism,
andtherearealsotoolsforsustainabilitynow.
I firmly believe in the behavioral sciences.
People are very difficult. If you could just
take a mold and implement it, there would
be no problem. If you want to ensure a good
approach, spend a lot of time with your
people,spendalotoftimeonthewbehavioral
factors,gettoknowwhatisimportantintheir
behavior and how you can influence that
behavior. It is better to implement a system
that is not perfect, but with excellent people,
rather than the other way around.
6. What do you think of the emerging
trend of using personal performance
measurement tools?
I believe it is a nice idea, because if you look
at the term performance management and
at the use of performance indicators you get
“indicators of your performance”, so when
using these tools you get some indications
on your health, sport performance and so
on. But as my grandmother used to say, if it
is “too”, it is not good. So if you use them too
much,thereisaproblem.Sometimes,people
measure everything and do not have time to
live anymore. So use them in moderation.
And it is nice, because you can make the
analogy with the organization, it is the same
thing.Usethesetoolswithmoderation,don’t
measureeverything,don’tspend100%ofthe
time on this, just look at the indicators, base
your decisions on them, look at the results
and change your actions if needed.
Rahul Deo Gupta
Corporate Head of Strategy, Planning,
Operational Excellence, Abunayyan,
KSA
Through The KPI Institute’s presence at
the 2014 edition of the Strategy Leaders
Forum, held in Dubai, the PERFROMANCE
Magazine team was privy to valuable
insights and had first hand access to the
latest thoughts and trends in strategy
formulation and execution, organizational
performance and business excellence.
Our correspondent, present at the event,
caught up with internationally acclaimed
business leaders and senior strategy
professionals in a set of interviews that
brought up inspiration and experienced
advice on developing and executing
competitive and sustainable business
growth strategies.
One of the valuable opinions on strategic
planning and performance management
camefromRahulDeoGupta,theCorporate
HeadofStrategy,PlanningandOperational
Excellence at Abunayyan.
1. What does the term Performance
Management mean to you?
Performance Management is actually about
aligning everything, from the strategy right
to the performance of the people, so you
are aligning each and every person in the
organization to the strategy, and this is
what performance management means.
Sometimes people think performance
management is all about money and the
bonus part. Yes, it is a part of this as well,
but the bigger part is aligning everything
from top to bottom.
2. What is the relation between
Strategic Planning and Performance
Management?
Once you have the strategy, you have
objectives and Key Value Drivers, the areas
in which you need to excel, you measure
those ones. Measuring means there has to
be an owner for those measures. So you
connect everything in the PMS with those
measures. And, again, as it cascades down
you have all the people aligned to that and
they are measured against that. This is one
part of it. The other part is the “how”. How
do you achieve your objectives, how do you
excel and theinitiativesyouhaveforthat.Of
course, there will be broad initiatives and
milestones, so you will have the ownership
of the milestone and the ownership of the
initiative as well. All these things link and
you get a total alignment, and that is how
the strategy and performance management
actually work.
3. How do you see the disciplines
of strategy and performance
managementinyourgeographicalarea
today?
First of all, I will talk of the Kingdom of
Sometimes, people think performance management
is all about money and the bonus part. Yes, it is a
part of this as well, but the bigger part is aligning
everything from top to bottom.
INTERVIEWS
15SEPTEMBER 2015
Saudi Arabia, where I come from as of now.
Here, performance Management is still
in the early stages of development. Many
organizations have gone a long way in that,
so they have tied up everything, the bonuses
and the performance of the individuals, but
Iwouldsaythathowyoutackleperformance
management is also important. Measuring
if the target is 100 or 500 is not the only
thing that you get from it. So the approach
towards this needs refining all across the
country now. There are circumstances that
will help you achieve your targets or not. So
how do we take care of that? How do you
look at the initiatives management, from the
performancepointofview?Theseareaspects
that could be improved. So this is now the
state of performance management in KSA.
However, 17 years of my career were
in India. There, I feel that performance
management has evolved and is now
at a very, very mature state. So it is like
performance management is a given. This
is the difference between the two countries
I have worked in.
4. Which are the main challenges
organizations face in developing
strategy and managing performance?
First of all, in strategy, in the context of
Saudi Arabia, most organizations have
evolved in an opportunistic manner. We
can say their strategy was opportunistic.
After the second and third generation
of family owners have taken over, now
there are strategies in place, people say
“No” to certain things, like moving from
the steel industry to food or something
else. My organization did that, because
there was an opportunity, now we look
at some other options. We realized which
our core competencies are and we decided
to take a look at that. The challenge here
is in making the senior management say
no to these things and to get buy-in from
the top. Especially when you have family
businesses. The focus used to be “what is
goodforthefamilyisgoodforthebusiness”,
but now it has changed to “what is good for
the business is good for the family”. Also,
before the accent was on family owned –
family managed businesses, but people
realized they do not have the capabilities,
so now we’re talking about family owned
– best managed businesses. People like us
were hired to do this. So I think these are
the challenges many organizations face.
In performance management, again,
another challenge is that companies, at least
inKSA,don’tlookontheircompaniesonthe
long term, they think about the short term,
unlike India. If you think on the long term,
this might help in the employee retention
and give people a holistic long term view
of the whole performance management of
the company.
5. What advice would you give to
practitioners working in this field for
overcoming these challenges?
The first one is the help from the top
management, be it the CEO, president or
owner. He should have 100% buy-in, 110%
buy-in if possible. So the top management
needs to be educated. He needs to set the
correct tone to everybody. The way he
presents these tools makes or breaks the
whole thing. Also, he should have the right
team on board, both in terms of capabilities
and mind set.
6.Whichweretherecentachievements
in generating value from performance
management in your organization?
I can narrate a few. Before we implemented
a performance management system,
everyone was doing what they wanted.
Then, we have strategically defined each
employee’s perimeter of action, so the first,
very important thing is that we eliminated
the competencies overlap. Secondly, the
performance of the organization as a whole
has increased, because there is a big deal
of alignment, which means people know
what initiatives to take against what is
measured, so they are really focused. The
80-20 rule applies – they are focusing 20%
of their resources or efforts to get 80% of
the results. So there is a high focus. These
are the most important two advantages of
using a performance management system.
7. What would you recommend as an
approach for building a performance
oriented culture?
As we could say, culture eats strategy for
breakfast, so culture is very, very important.
Again, I would strongly recommend an
approach from the very top. The tone set by
the top management, not just the owner or
president or CEO, but the entire leadership
team, can make or break the culture. If I am
really convinced, I can say “Yes, this is what
we should do”, while if I am not convinced
I will say “If somebody else told you,
please do it”, so the difference comes from
communication things. Communication
playsavitalroleinbuildingtheculture,right
from the top, where it should start. There is
no such thing as over-communication. This
is one part. The other part is the leadership,
when it comes to not walking the talk – I
say something, but I do something else.
This totally destroys the culture. So leaders
should walk the talk. These are some pieces
of advice that I could give.
As we could say, culture eats strategy for breakfast, so culture is very,
very important. Again, I would strongly recommend an approach from the very top.
The tone set by the top management, not just the owner or president or CEO, but the
entire leadership team, can make or break the culture.
INTERVIEWS
SEPTEMBER 201516
Tor Bøe-Lillegraven,
Head of CCI Business Consulting,
Denmark
Present at the 2014 PMA Conference, held
in Aarhus, Denmark, the PERFORMANCE
Magazine team was able to access valuable
insights from some of the most highly skilled
andexperiencedacademicsandpractitioners
in the field of Performance Management.
Tor Bøe-Lillegraven from the Copenhagen
Business School and head of CCI Business
Consulting, gave an interview were he spoke
about the essential role of big data, the
emerging trends and subsequent challenges
withinthefieldofPerformanceManagement.
1. In your opinion, which are the main
challengesorganizationsfacetodayin
Performance Management?
This is, obviously, highly dependent on the
industry and the company. In the media
industry, which I know very well, there are
twoissues.Firstofall,organizationsgetvery
“set” in their ways over time, which means
people know how to do their business,
so any change will become a challenge.
The second one is the idea of being able
to measure change and performance.
For newspapers, for example, this is a
fairly new and fairly innovative thing.
Let me give you an example. Usually, or
historically, newspapers will measure their
sales and readership on a quarterly basis.
This gives them the horizon on a quarter
and by the next quarter hopefully they will
try to do something if the readership or
sales were poor. This has completely been
turn around in the digital age, because you
can get instant feedback on whatever you
published online, instant feedback on the
user performance that generates ad revenue
and so on. Adapting to this data and using
it in real time and in strategic thinking is
very challenging, both for leaders in firms
but also, obviously, for the employees. Some
peoplehaveatasteforthis,somewanttouse
information to make better decisions and
perform better, others see it as an unwanted
side effect basically of the need to perform
well financially.
2. Which do you believe are the top
trends in Performance Management
for the year 2014?
This is, again, relative to the industry and
the company. But obviously, what everyone
is talking about is Big Data. I think we
are moving beyond the password and
start seeing more practical applications. I
think that more industries and firms are
understanding what it entails and, in my
experience, we are talking about three
different things: firstly, there is the idea
of having Big Data available (data about
customer transactions, production, output
etc.), secondly being able to mine that data
and analyze it to get something useful from
it,andthirdlyhowtousethatdatatoactually
make the best business decisions. And I
think the challenge for most industries and
firms is how to position themselves in all
these three aspects. For some companies,
the answer will be that “No, we will not get
into Big Data, we will outsource that. We
might also not be interested in getting into
advanced Analytics, it is not for us, but we
would surely like to have the information
on the table, to make business decisions”.
This is what leaders have to navigate
in now. Understanding the Big Data,
advanced analytics and what it means has
evolved, and we are getting to a point where
everyone is talking about it, they are doing it
consistently well in a number of industries
and it is starting to show impact and I think
that for 2014 and beyond, it is going to be
something that every firm has to address in
some way. We are talking about strategic
planning for the next 3-5 years, and this will
be a big thing, for sure, I can’t think of any
example where this could not be applicable.
I just saw yesterday a presentation on “Lean
production in the apple industry in New
Zealand”. Will they be interested in Big
Data? For sure.
3. Which companies, industries
or functional areas would you
recommend to be looked at, due
to their particular approach to
performance management and
subsequent results?
There are two industries I would point to.
Firstly, there is the Pharmaceutical industry.
Alotofthingsaregoingtohappenthere,and
basically the types of data they have access
to are very interesting. Test data, sales data,
all kinds of interesting data. The second one
is the solar energy industry. There is a lot of
movement in there right now and there is
going to be a lot of money shifting hands
from the producers of solar technologies to
the consumers, power companies etc., and
I believe this will be a very exciting business
to look at, from the Big Data and advanced
Analytics point of view. These are the two
examples I would point to and, obviously,
in the industry I work most with, the media
industry, there are many things going on.
Basically, today, a publisher and the media
industry can know every little detail about
your digital news consumption patterns.
And that can be a good thing, because they
can tell the content to you and basically get
your attention and make ad revenues from
this, but there is also the chance of getting
too much data, and I think that is one of the
challenges we are seeing particularly in the
media industry.
4. What 3 pieces of advice would
you give to an organization, about
managing its performance?
From my experience, when firms want
to implement some type of performance
Understanding the Big Data, advanced analytics
and what it means has evolved, and we are getting
to a point where everyone is talking about it,
they are doing it consistently well in a number of
industries and it is starting to show impact…
INTERVIEWS
17SEPTEMBER 2015
management, let’s say in the context of the
news industry, they look at KPIs, at what
makes sense to them. So, for instance, for
a reporter they will look at the number
of words, number of stories filed, instead
of looking at how many Facebook likes a
story gets. And one of the challenges when
setting these performance measures is that
the management has to be a couple of steps
ahead of the organization and very “in
tune” with the market. So this is one basic
challenge that I would point to.
A second one is that it represents an
investment. It takes attention, money,
investment. In the Big Data example, you
have to invest in some data warehouse type
of solutions, Business Intelligence type
of solutions, and also invest the time to
sit around, look at this data and consider
it before finding business solutions.
This is a third type of challenge I see in
implementing performance management.
But then again, at the end of the day, what
choice do you have? We have been doing
Performance Management for quite a time
now. It is evolving, it is changing, but it is
also getting better and we have better tools
at our disposal to make decisions.
5. What is your opinion about the
emerging trend of using performance
measurement in your personal life?
I will point back to one of my previous
answers: it is not for everyone. I think that,
for the people who have acquired the taste
forit,theseareexcellenttools.Ithinkthatfor
otherpeople,theycanbecounterproductive.
Performance management is not for
everyone, but for the ones who know what
they want to do and know what they are
doing, it is a great thing to have more tools
to help them measure performance.
Whenitcomestobeingcounterproductive,
from my experience, for some employees,
working for 2 weeks on a single piece of
content makes it of a tremendous quality.
It will be read everywhere and bring value
to the company. If you start measuring
those people, basically looking at time
spent, hours, minutes, that is going to deter
them to not have the time to do the stuff
that generate real quality. This needs to
be balanced, and one needs to be careful
when putting in place KPIs. Another trend
that I have seen is that of management by
numbers and, in my experience, I would
be careful in implementing those types of
measures in an organization if I didn’t really
know the value chain in detail.
Rick Edgeman
Professor of Sustainability &
Enterprise Performance, ICOA, Aarhus
University, Denmark
GivenTheKPIInstitute’spresenceatthePMA
2014 Conference, the PERFORMANCE
Magazine team was able to interview some
of the most highly skilled academics and
practitioners in the field of Performance
Management.
Rick Edgeman, Professor of Sustainability &
Performance at the Interdisciplinary Center
for Organizational Architecture (ICOA),
Aarhus University of Denmark, spoke with
the PERFORMANCE Magazine team about
sustainable enterprise excellence
1. In your opinion, which are the main
challengesorganizationsfacetodayin
Performance Management?
First of all, performance management is, as
its name says, a matter of management, so
organizations should have the right thing to
manage first. So they need to have a well-
established organizational design, or at least
they need to try. This is why the theme of
these conferences is designing the High
Performing Organization, which involves
so many factors: the human ecology of the
enterprise, innovation and sustainability
aspects, performance measures and so on.
But I think the main idea is to make sure
that your performance measurement and
management system provides you with at
least two things: feedback, like going to
a doctor and receiving a health report –
and foresight, to introduce you into what
you should change, or more specifically
what you should change into, what is your
direction. The organization itself should
have its strategy formulated relatively to the
competitive context.
2. Which do you believe are the top
trends in Performance Management
for the year 2014?
I would actually give you a different answer,
namely for the year 2024. But for 2014,
people are still trying to come out of the
economic down turn. So people are still
focused on making sure they perform well
financially. In the same time, there is an
increasing pressure to be responsible. They
face this exodus of customers that now
say “I really like your product, but I don’t
like your behavior”. So I think the current
realityisthattheystillhavetobeverycareful
with financial performance, because most
companies are still trying to recover, but
the future is a different issue. In the future,
of course enterprises will need to perform
financially, otherwise they will not remain
viable, but their performance has to be very
evident,whileconsideringtheareasofsocial
responsibility, societal results and impact.
Results and impact are not necessarily
the same. It is about being economically
and environmentally sound. So we can sum
it all up to society, ecology and financial-
economic performance. This has become
a complicated aspect. The environment
is very important, and we are rapidly
dematerializing the Earth. We have, of
I think the main idea is to make sure that your
performance measurement and management system
provides you with at least two things: feedback, like going
to a doctor and receiving a health report – and foresight, to
introduce you into what you should change
INTERVIEWS
SEPTEMBER 201518
course, material costs, but naturally, as
the materials become rarer, their cost will
accelerate, so we have to find a way to
dematerialize. If I were to buy something
from you, I would take all of the wrapping
off and hand it to you and say “I don’t want
thewrapping”–thisisthedematerialization,
finding ways to charge for your services
and not necessarily for your products. It is
makingsurethatthecompanyisresponsible
for every product that they produce all the
wayfromthebeginningthroughitslifecycle
and after its use. I think this would be the
major trend.
We have all of these global challenges,
we have extreme climate change, global
warming aspects, extreme weather events,
drought, desertification, as well as both
an aging and a growing population, so
proportionally fewer people to be able to
provide for a larger society. With aspects
such as increasing heat we also have
increasing conflicts, we have a situation
where the currency today is not really
Pounds, or Dollars or Euros, it has become
water, food and energy. And enterprises
have to find ways to understand and
conduct themselves in terms of these real
currencies instead of the ones that are more
artificial or represent something different.
Of course, we cannot ignore the Dollars
or Euros, but we have to take into account
much more deeply the other currencies.
3. Which companies, industries
or functional areas would you
recommendtobelookedat,duetotheir
particular approach to performance
management and subsequent results?
I think we can look at a company like
SAP. It is not only that they have this
excellent strategy and performance
management system, but also that they
impact other companies: they estimate to
have influenced over 30% of the world’s
energy use. They have found ways to
help you, as an enterprise, manage your
energy consumption and other elements,
of course. So they contribute not only to
you as an enterprise, but to the world more
broadly. So SAP is, in my opinion, a very
impressive company.
If you look at companies like Microsoft,
some of their strategies relied on taking
products that were previously existing and
transformingthemintoservices.Oneofour
keynote speakers was Joseph Williams. He
has only been the dean of a business school
in the United States for the past year. But he
was also a managing director of Microsoft,
over more than 10,000 employees. His
last assignment at Microsoft was that of
a managing director for software as a
service. So they are truly changing the
way things are happening. And this has
implications for performance measurement
and management. We have to understand
much better how we can measure service
provision, service performance. We are very
good with tangible, physical things, which
we can put our hands on. We are much less
good with ideas, as they are much more
difficult to measure.
4. Which would you believe are
future directions for research in
Performance Management?
I would say sustainability over and over,
becausemostofmyresearchisinenterprise
sustainability. Of course, I have interest
in ecological and societal sustainability,
but as a member of the Business School,
my interest is mostly in enterprise
sustainability, and understanding how it
connects to all dimensions of enterprise
performance. It is not just about
optimization, because the strategy that I
follow to optimize my performance in one
area may render me vulnerable in other
areas. So I think I should simultaneously
consider at least three things, and one
would be the excellence domain, the
international quality process. This usually
means excellence, in many performance
domains: the human capital of the
organization, the operations, the supply
chain, the innovation performance, the
financial performance.
But there is more than excellence in the
way organizations perform. They need
to protect themselves, they need to make
sure they can be resilient, that when facing
an extreme challenge they can find a way
to bounce back from that challenge and
recover their health. They need to find a
way to make themselves more robust, so
that whenever a shock does come to the
system, they can overcome it. The thing is
that robustness, resilience and excellence
are, probably, consistent for the most part
but they are not identical. The set of policies,
strategiesandpartnershipsthatoptimizeone
of those three will not optimize the other
two. So enterprises really need to consider
howtodeterminethebestmixforthem.And
then they need to be able to develop those
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) that will
help them accomplish that. Because, if they
do not have those KPIs to move forward to,
they will be guessing. And maybe it will be a
wonderful guess, but maybe it won’t. So they
really need to have that information, they
need to be able to develop those measures.
If you ask me how healthy I am, I might say
“I weigh this much”, or “My resting heart
rate is this one”. I might say many things, so
one question can have many answers. One
of them is probably a better answer than the
others. We need to find better and then the
best answers, better and then the best KPIs,
so that we can achieve better and then the
bestperformance.Butthenthequestionsare
“Where do you want to perform?”, “What
is important to you?”. So, it is also about
determiningtheKPIsthatareconsistentwith
your enterprise values.
5. What 3 pieces of advice would
you give to an organization about
managing its performance?
Consumers are increasingly concerned
about organizations being socially
and environmentally responsible. So
they must manage their operations,
they must manage their policies, they
must be transparent in ways that allow
consumers to determine for themselves,
to apply their own KPIs to decide “is
this company responsible or isn’t it?”
and to make decisions on those bases. If
they don’t make that available, customers
will increasingly assume they are hiding
something. And they will find a company
that hides nothing instead. I believe it is
very important to have solid indicators for
transparency. It is important not to have
a “rubber stamp type” of organizational
governance, which would just say “Yes,
we approve”. Instead, the governing board
should be doing its real job, namely to
make sure that the company is performing
in a responsible way. Companies have to
make sure they are relevant. You can do
the wrong things incredibly well. And by
wrong things I do not necessarily mean
bad things, just things that nobody cares
about. So you can do really well something
that nobody cares about. I can really use
chalk on a chalkboard really well.
We need to make sure we do the relevant
things, those things that make a real
difference, and we need to make sure we
are not only measuring results – results are
easier to measure than the second thing,
which is actually more important – the
impact.Whatisthedifferencethatitmakes?
It is important to measure performance
by results. It is even more important, I
believe, to make sure you connect that to
the impact, because this is what you want
from the indicators – feedback, foresight
and for them to reflect whether you, as an
enterprise, are doing something important
INTERVIEWS
19SEPTEMBER 2015
and making a difference. Each of us has
children, and those children will have
their children and so on. So, what should
be important is the legacy we leave as
persons? We should be focused on how
our grandchildren will remember us, on
whether we have made a positive difference
in this world. At some point, enterprises
don’t think at that legacy, and they should
be thinking about it, because they are
leaving something behind every day.
They need to make sure they are moving
in the right direction. So, it is all about
relevance, responsibility and, in general,
sustainability, because most organizations
want to continue to exist, they want to
prosper. Everyone wants to prosper and to
be regarded in positive ways.
At the end of your life, you will not say
“I wish I had worked more”, you will say
“I wish I had spent more time with my
children”, “I wish I had donated more
of my time to this cause” – those are the
things you are going to think about. And
I believe enterprises should start thinking
more in the same way. They need to say
“Can we make a positive difference, and
can we do this in responsible ways?”. It is
wonderful to provide energy to people in
areas that have been energy starved. But
not if you do that in a way that creates
significant pollution problems. I don’t
need to go in the deepest, darkest parts
of the world and give them a lot of coal.
I might solve a part of their problems, I
might provide energy, but I will create a
new problem by doing that. And this is
part of the significance of these global
challenges, they are complicated. You solve
one thing and you create a new problem,
or you ignore one. Because the complexity
is so great and the other relationships
are so complicated that I think you need
to have KPIs that really examine those
complex interactions between factors and
that help you move in the right direction.
6. What is your opinion about this
emergingtrend,ofusingperformance
measurement in your personal life?
It is very interesting, we need to have
those indicators, they really help us
monitor our performance, whether it is
personal or at the enterprise level. I don’t
monitor my heart rate, for example, but
I do monitor other things. I will give
you an example. I have a friend, Sean.
About 15 years ago, he was the president
of Excellence Ireland, and before that he
had been the president of the European
Organization for Quality. Every year, he
would take his family to a retreat, and
the entire purpose of that was to better
understand their interactions with one
another. Were they doing everything
they could to build their family more
positively? Was Sean performing well, and
what things did he need to change, so he
can be a better father and husband in his
family? What did his wife need to change?
What was she doing that she could do
more of or that she should keep doing,
because she was doing it wonderfully well?
In the same time, what about the children?
This is a different level, but it does have the
personal implications, along with the very
important family dimension. So, what
they actually did every year was building a
new family contract, and they would have
their own performance indicators for how
they do as a family.
So I believe this trend is important. I
thinkthatthosepeoplewhodowellintheir
personal lives, formally or informally, are
going through self-examination and self-
assessment, all at the time. Not as formally
as within the International Quality
Awards, for example, which were about
enterprise self-assessment, of course. The
purpose of those systems, whether it’s
the American or the European program,
was to boost competitiveness, not even
between individual companies, but on
larger scales, country performance. This is
why the Baldrige Awards were founded in
the US, to improve national performance
on the global market. There were only a
few companies that would apply for the
award, but you could see hundreds and
hundreds of thousands who would look
at the award’s criteria, the models, the
measures and would apply them to their
own organizations, in order to improve
them. They didn’t care about the prize,
but they did care, just as every enterprise
does, about improvement.
In the same way, I think this is what
people want to do. You don’t get up in the
morning and tell yourself “I really want to
do bad today”, “I want to be sick today”
or “I want to get in a car accident today”.
Nobody does this. You are probably not
so formal in the way you determine how
you want to move forward, but I think
there is a trend, people start doing that
more and more commonly. This is why
people go to the gym, or to personal
trainers, and ask how their physical
performance or health can be improved.
So we see trends like this one, and it is
only a matter of time until this branches
out to other areas of life. And when people
start doing that, they might not even see
it as self-assessment, but they are using it
to manage their lives in different ways. I
love what Danish banks do, because they
categorize automatically all the purchases
that I make when I use my bank card.
Because they do this, we can monitor
how we are doing: Are we using too much
energy this month? Did our food bill go
significantly up or down and why? We can
use these sorts of indicators to manage our
personal lives. So I think there are trends
when it comes to monitoring personal
and family life, that are coming from the
KPIs we use in performance management
and measurement systems. We will be
witnessing many changes in this field.
Consumers are increasingly concerned about organizations being socially and
environmentally responsible. So they must manage their operations, they must
manage their policies, they must be transparent in ways that allow consumers
to determine for themselves, to apply their own KPIs to decide “is this company
responsible or isn’t it?” and to make decisions on those bases.
INTERVIEWS
SEPTEMBER 201520
smartKPIs.com platform
smartKPIs.com is an online portal containing the largest
collection of well documented KPI examples, supported by a
community of tens of thousands of members.
Top KPI Reports
Top KPIs series is an extensive annual collection of reports
dedicated to analyzing the most popular KPIs across major
functional areas and industries, containing thorough analysis of
each KPI example.
Performance Management Toolkits
The Toolkit series represents pre-populated templates
configured in Microsoft Excel and PowerPoint: Strategy Maps,
Scorecards, Dashboards, Portfolios of Initiatives and Employee
Performance Plan templates are examples. They are available
in editable format and have an instruction manual attached for
easy configuration.
KPI Dictionaries
Considered the most comprehensive publications released to
date by our research team, they include over 8,000 examples
of documented Key Performance Indicators, complete with
definitions, sub metrics and calculation formulas.
Webinars
Designed as one-hour long audio and slide-based presentations,
The KPI Institute’s webinars address key topics related to Strategy,
Performance, KPIs, Data Analysis, Data Visualisation, Innovation
and many others related to Performance Improvement. Experienced
analysts, with a track record of research applied in practice present
such webinars on a weekly basis. Recording are subsequently made
available on The KPI Institute’s eLearning platform.
Research library access
A rich repository containing a variety of research publications
ranging from global and regional research studies to fact sheets,
catalogues, infographics and generic templates. It is regularly
updated with new content as released by our research team.
Research content
Get exclusive discounts to our training courses, conferences and
forums scheduled throughout the entire year across 6 continents.
Event discounts
Join your peers! Get and share valuable insights on performance
related subjects within The KPI Institute Community.
Networking
Consolidate your personal brand by using our exclusive badge
to demonstrate your professional commitment to performance
excellence.
Professional confirmation
A member of our research team will guide you through our
knowledge platforms to identify the best information and
resources according to your needs.
Research helpdesk
Benefit from dedicated services provided by our research
analysts on 12 practice domains. Find below a list with
examples of advisory services covered. Based on your specific
needs, customized solutions will be provided.
Strategy
Performance Improvement
Performance Measurement
Employee Performance
Balanced Scorecard
Data Visualization
Data Analysis
Benchmarking
Customer Service Performance
Innovation Performance
Suuplier Performance
Personal Performance
Research analyst consultation
Advisory services
TheKPIInstituteMembershipBenefits
21SEPTEMBER 2015
membershipoptions
Practice domain
Event discounts
Networking
Professional confirmation
Research helpdesk
Analyst consultation
Estimated value of benefits if
accessed individually:
smartKPIs.com platform*
Preferred rate at training courses and
conferences
Network among peers in a private
group available only to TKI members
Electronic certificate of membership
demonstrating the commitment to
professional excellence through learning
Guidance to explore the TKI knowledge
platforms
Video / phone advisory support from
TKI research analyst
Customized secondary research project
on demand
Top KPI Reports
KPI Dictionaries
Webinars
Research library access
Performance Management Toolkits
$100 off early bird rate
Yes
Yes
Yes (online)
No
No
2 dictionaries of your choice
2 webinars of your choice
Preview to executive summaries
$100 off 2 or more participants rate
Yes
Yes
Yes (phone)
8 hours **
8 hours **
Full access to all premium content
2 reports of your choice
2 toolkits of your choice
Full access to all premium content
All available
currently 127 reports
All available
currently 9 toolkits
All available
currently 34 webinars
All available
currently 14 KPI Dictionaries
All available
currently 57 resources
TKI Membership
$390 per year
$1,500 USD
TKI insight+
Membership
$2,900 per year
$15,600 USD
Join Today!
www.kpiinstitute.org/membership
The KPI Institute Customer Service
Monday - Friday
+61 3 9028 2223
office@kpiinstitute.org
* Access to all 12 practice domains platforms upon their release
** Hours to be accessed when needed by scheduling as per member preference.
SEPTEMBER 201522
AUREL
BRUDAN
a lifetime dedicated
to performance
PORTRAIT
“In a world dominated by
consumerism, the appeal
of science in education
and professional practice
should be nurtured more.”
DIANA ZARNESCU
orn in Romania, Aurel Brudan was never meant
to remain tied to a single country, nor to a single
continent. His working experiences have taken him
throughout nations spread on the entire globe, from
Europe, to Asia, North America, Africa, and Australia.
In between his travels, Aurel accumulated over 16 years
of Enterprise Performance Management experience,
12 years of Balanced Scorecard expertise on design,
implementation and maintenance. More than 20 Balanced
Scorecard implementations, with over 100 different
performance scorecards and dashboards, stand proof
today that Aurel Brudan is a man driven by performance.
It was 11 years ago that he built the foundation of what
was to become The KPI Institute, the organizational
representation of Performance Management, as Aurel
Brudan envisions it. As a CEO today, Aurel tackles issues
of Performance Management on all levels of the company,
thus showing himself, and all of those in question, that the
quest for improvement has only a beginning, but no end.
All this while, Aurel kept a strong tie to his educational
journey as a PhD. Candidate and a tutor for the
“Managing in Contemporary Organizations” subject
within The University of Melbourne, Faculty of Business
and Economics.
B
23SEPTEMBER 2015
SomewouldrefertoAurelBrudanasaneducator,othersasanadvisor,orasapractitioner.But,above
all, he is a man driven by ambition and belief in improvement. He encourages others and, most of
all, himself, to strive for performance, to think beyond the routine, and to use education as a window
towards what we seek to achieve.
PORTRAIT
The Performance Magazine editorial team
searched to get insights from Aurel Brudan,
the man who, although could already be
described as accomplished, will never stop
to draw the line.
Taking the first steps on the
Performance Management path
Aurel Brudan began his professional
journey as an economist, obtaining a
leadership position with the non-profit
organization AIESEC. It was here that,
for the first time, he became familiarized
with the concepts of strategic planning and
performance measurement. And thus, upon
the completion of his graduate program,
he went on to support the implementation
of a Balanced Scorecard system, within an
Australian public sector agency.
The implementation process continued
with the support and supervision Aurel
provided, as he decided to prolong his stay
and operate the new management system.
Showing great interest in the discipline,
Aurel chose this path to forge a career,
initially by doing doctoral research on
the topic of performance management
systems, and subsequently by doing
research, training, and consulting in the
same field.
Ultimately,hestartedoutasapractitioner,
carried on to become an educator and
this, naturally, led to advisory services.
This triangulation of three roles is what
leveraged his professional development.
His interest in continual education
stems from a deep appreciation towards
scientists, people Aurel admires for their
commitment to knowledge and education,
seen as a means to improve oneself, as a
rational being. In his own words, in a world
dominated by consumerism, the appeal
of science in education and professional
practice should be nurtured more.
In this sense, the works of Anthony
Stafford Beer, together with the entire
literature on systems thinking, had
triggered Aurel’s interest in this particular
field, and he was able to envision the
bridge it created towards the discipline of
performance management.
Thus had Aurel Brudan began his journey
within the Performance Management
domain. He regarded his earliest experiences
with designated tools and processes
as challenging but, at the same time,
intellectually stimulating. Years later, when
he was assigned a Balanced Scorecard
implementation process, he remembered
those first lessons which, in spite of their
difficulty, ultimately proved useful.
A personal approach to Performance
Management: 3 perspectives on one
system
Aurel Brudan came to regard Performance
Management as a series of actions which,
altogether, ensure that the results obtained
are also the desired ones, while perpetually
improving the extent of these results, and the
efficiency with which they are obtained.
Aureltalksabout3mainaspectsthatwould
recommend a Performance Management
system, above all others: clarity, focus, and
improvement.
Clarity, as all the people involved have
a clear vision of which results should be
achieved, ideally.
Focus, so that what matters, at a specific
moment, remains in sight.
Improvement, as all processes, along with
theirresults,arereflectedobjectively,making
further necessary measures become obvious.
However, there are obstacles on the road
to performance. As Aurel admits, obtaining
the commitment of all stakeholders, whether
they are managers or staff, is a challenge in
itself. Moreover, as one problem often leads
to another, the lack of stakeholder buy-in
is also reflected in resource allocation and,
ultimately, in expertise levels.
More than once, as Aurel has noticed
over time, poor results, obtained within a
flawed Performance Management system,
are caused by lack of expertise, backed
by a lack of invested resources, and by
limited commitment levels coming from
management and/or staff.
However, as none of these obstacles
is without solution, the Performance
Management tools and processes can
be improved by enhancing the expertise
of those operating them, by ensuring
standardisation of these processes
(through process mapping, template
creation and manuals/procedures use) and
by automating data collection.
Still in the realm of ways to improve
a Performance Management system,
Aurel mentions, as best practices in the
domain, cascading the system across
all organizational levels, including the
employees themselves, and automating
the data gathering process, establishing
the correct KPIs, which should reflect
what truly matters. Additionally, a sound
architecture, which links all the tools the
system entails, together with committed
professionals who operate the system and
also seek to experiment and improve it, are
key aspects to ensuring the functionality of
Performance Management.
An example Aurel has observed, as far
as the results of Performance Management
put in practice go, is related to the
improvements made in the airline industry
SEPTEMBER 201524
3 MAIN ASPECTS OF A PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM:
Clarity ImprovementFocus
PORTRAIT
strategyformanagingpersonalperformance
is relative. The same way in which different
things make each of us happy, achieving this
balance is a state that we first have to define
for ourselves. For Aurel, this translates into
having a balanced approach to how he
pursues his goals.
Asourceofinspiration
But, most of all, his piece of advice, as far as
both career and personal life are concerned,
is to never stop learning.
There are so many things to be
discovered, so many opportunities hidden
in knowledge, and so many fields that, even
unrelated to the performance discipline, are
still a fountain of information one could
take advantage of. His personal example
is extracting knowledge and finding
inspiration in what are, perhaps, curious
disciplines for someone with a formation in
the field of economics: biology, chemistry,
philosophy and history, to the name just a
few.
Related to the principle of continuous
learning is also the development of
content which Aurel, as an educator and a
practitioner, cannot overlook. In his own
words, he believes that so often today we are
consumers of content, yet we generate more
value and are rewarded at a greater extent
by developing it. Valuable content is born
out of a mind which assimilated and filtered
knowledge obtained from education, on the
one hand, and the experiences encountered
across his activities, on the other hand.
Thus, case studies, conference
presentations, engaging with peers in
community forums, or communities of
practice, all contribute to validating ideas,
learning and sharing of knowledge or,
in other words, the development of the
discipline.
“Neverstop
learning.
Thereareso
manythingsto
bediscovered,
inthesamefield
andinrelated
disciplines.”
in terms of performance results and
overall profitability. In addition, methods
of measuring marketing performance,
together with the shift towards online,
enhance all processes, while also making
them easier to track.
And best practices in Performance
Management inherently enhance
individual performance. An integrated
system is what establishes the connection
between performance, learning and
compensation.
However, his experience has taught Aurel
that people also need room for innovation
and diversity.
By providing communication
possibilities, organizational transparency
and educational opportunities, employees
will not only become better performers, but
they will also offer their buy-in and trust.
designed by Freepik.com
As the CEO of The KPI Institute, but
also due to his numerous experiences
with organizational environments, Aurel
reached the conclusion that the best way for
management to obtain the employees’ buy-
in for the Performance Management system
is entailed in a 3-way process: ensuring that
the staff has the same understanding of
what the system means, a clear vision on
why it is needed and, thirdly and lastly, to be
transparent as an organization internally, as
well as externally, in order to ensure support
and commitment.
Outside working hours: managing
personalperformance
A man who has dedicated his career to
performance improvement could not
overlook the aspects in this discipline
which are also viable to be implemented in
one’s personal life. Outside working hours,
experimentation is key in identifying the
optimal combination for each person in
particular. There are numerous tools and
principles available, but the choice that
will provide the best results is a matter of
personality, choice, and drive, as Aurel
concluded.
So what does Aurel find most suitable for
his personal performance and how does he
manage it? First, Aurel identified a series of
aspects which he considers as important to
him and, for each aspect in particular, he
keeps track of data, with varying degrees of
rigour.
As for the hardware and software
solutions, Aurel believes these remain at
the enabler status for now, and the main
difference is represented by the user’s
discipline, drive and habits.
The same strategy applies to managing
one’swork-lifebalance:sinceeachindividual
has his own specific personality, each
25SEPTEMBER 2015
PORTRAIT
THE KPI DICTIONARY · REFERENCE COLLECTION OF BOOKS
To browse through our upcoming training courses and select the solution that best addresses your
personal and professional objectives visit our online Store. store.kpiinstitute.org/scheduled-courses
Examples of documented Key Performance Indicator Definitions for an in depth view
on Performance Measurement
7 years of
business research
invested
30,000+ resources
studied
20+ subject
matter experts
involved
Newly released publications:
14 Functional Area KPI Dictionaries
18 Industry KPI Dictionaries
More Publications
Keep up to date with industry
trends and leaders!
Find the most suitable KPIs to measure your business success!
SEPTEMBER 201526
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT IN THE
INDIAN GOVERNMENT: A brief history
ANDREEA VECERDEA
raditionally, the Indian Government
used to be described as a rule-based
structure, primarily focused on processes.
Such an approach was mainly oriented
towards input usage, and performance was
assessed against money spent on different
projects/schemes. The drawback of this
modus operandi was that it failed to look
at the results achieved by the activities
undertaken by the Government.
In the 1975-1976 period, a scheme of
performance budgeting for the financial year
was introduced, to analyze the connection
betweeninputsandoutputs.Morespecifically,
it looked at:
Objectives and projects implemented in
the past, current and future period;
Connections between the five year plans
and the achievements to date;
involves a yearly preparation of a Results
Framework Document (RFD), where each
department outlines its objectives and
the extent to which it managed to achieve
them against the targets set. In this way, all
important deliverables expected from each
department are being monitored, in terms of
finance,quantity,quality,shortandlongterm
efficiency.
The Performance Management Division,
within the Indian Cabinet Secretariat is in
charge with the Government Performance
Management Systems for Ministries and
Departments within the Government
of India. According to the above
mentioned portal, its main functions
include: reviewing and adopting global
best practices, updating the existing
performance management system and
delivering citizen-centric results.
AROUND THE WORLD
Promotingadministrative
reformsingovernment
policiesandprocessesas
perrecommendationsof
AdministrativeReforms
Commission(ARC)
33.00 [1.1] Monitoring and review
of administrative reforms
recommended by ARC.
[1.1] Review meeting with
the State AR Secretaries
on implementation of ARC
recommendations.
[1.1] Setting up institutional
mechanism in the Central
Govt. Ministries and States
for regular review of the
implementation of ARC
recommendation.
[1.1.1] ATR on
125 accepted
recommendations of ARC.
[1.2.1] Issue of State-
wise status report on
implementarion of ARC
recommenation.
[1.3.1] Number of States/
Central Government
Minisitries setting up
institutional mechanism
Number
Date
Number
4.00
4.00
4.00
0.2
Excellent
100%
27
March
2014
10
0.1
Very Good
90%
28
March
2014
07
00
Good
80%
29
March
2014
05
00
Fair
70%
30
March
2014
03
00
Poor
60%
31
March
2014
02
Objective Weight Action Success indicator
Target / Criteria Value
Unit Weight
Performance management as it exists in government includes conventional tools like the budgetary
exercise, annual reports published by the Ministries/Departments, performance budgets and the recently
introduced outcome budget. Ministries and departments of government have varying practices of
periodically reviewing their organizational performance.
Performance Management Division,
Cabinet Secretariat, Government of India
Financial statements highlighting the
outlays for the projects implemented;
Details on the actions taken and
achievements in each of the projects
conducted.
According to the website of the
Performance Management Division (PMD),
from within the Government of India’s
Cabinet Secretariat, in order to improve the
functionality of the above presented scheme,
a zero-based budgeting approach was
introduced in 1980, as well as an outcome
budgeting scheme, some years later. Their
main scope was to focus more on the results
achieved, rather than on inputs.
In 2009, the Prime Minister approved
the Performance Monitoring and
Evaluation System (PMES) for Government
Departments, meant to assess the
departments’ performance. The system
27SEPTEMBER 2015
AROUND THE WORLD
Characteristics of the actual
Performance Management system
According to the Performance Monitoring
and Evaluation System for Government
Departments report, released by the Indian
Government’s Cabinet Secretariat, the
timeframe for reviewing progress towards
achieving objectives is clearly defined, and
it consists of 3 steps:
At the beginning of the fiscal year, by
the 1st of April, the Results-Framework
Document has to be designed;
After six months, by the 1st of October,
progress is monitored against targets, in
order to reset goals, adjust priorities and
take the actions needed;
At the end of the year, March 31st, the
overall performance is evaluated against
agreed targets.
At the moment, 80 out of 84 ministries/
departments and their Responsibility
Centers are covered by the RFD policy.
Below,thereisanexampleofhowayear-end
PerformanceEvaluationisconductedbythe
DepartmentofAdministrativeReformsand
Public Grievances, as detailed within their
Results-Framework Document.
Such a rigorous approach to setting
objectives, KPIs and targets supports each
Ministry’s endeavors to performance.
When it comes to setting objectives, it is
important to note that they are assigned a
certain weight, taking into consideration
looks like for the Head of the Department
can be analyzed below:
Incentives’ distribution between the Head
of the Department, the Head of the Division
and any other employees. For example, at
divisional level, incentives depend 30%
on the Departmental performance and
70% on the Divisional performance. In
what concerns the bonus allocated to
other employees, each division is free to
adopt a different reward scheme, which
has to be approved by the Secretary at the
beginning of the year. Also, the maximum
level of the incentive cannot exceed a certain
percentage of the basic salary. It is important
to note that each reward is not only linked
to the individual performance, but also to
the performance achieved at departmental/
divisional level. In this way, negative
consequences related to targets and rewards
are avoided, as individuals are not only
monitored against their own performance,
but also against the team performance.
It is important to note the great progress
the Indian Government has made in the
recent years in terms of managing its
strategic objectives and taking actions to
ensure their achievement. The current
Performance Management framework is
pronetofurtherchangesandimprovements,
and by the time all 84 Ministries will have
implemented the RFD scheme, the overall
performance achieved at Governmental
level will be better consolidated.
Value of the
Composite Score
Incentive Payment (% of the Basic Salary)
Phase 2
4-6 years
Phase 3
6-9 years
Phase 1
1-3 years
100% 20% 30% 40%
90% 10% 15% 20%
80% 5% 10% 15%
70% 0% 0% 0%
their priority. Moreover, for each of them,
departments have to list the policies,
programs, schemes and projects they need
to undertake, in order to make objectives
real. To measure the performance achieved
for each objective, success indicators, or Key
Performance Indicators (KPIs) are set, each
ofthemagain,withacertainweightattached.
Targets are defined on a five-point scale,
ranging from poor (60% achievement of
the target), to excellent (100% achievement
of the target).
Linking the Performance
Management system to an incentive
scheme
As a consequence of deploying a
Governmental level Performance
Management system, an incentive scheme
is also about to be implemented for the
Government’s employees. According to
the Proposed Guidelines for Performance-
Related Incentive Scheme, the incentive’s
level is calculated based on an established
formula, taking into consideration the
following aspects:
The maximum amount of incentive
payments can be 15% of the Budget savings,
and it will be offered only if the department
achieves a composite score of 100% (which
translates into an Excellent);
No incentive is paid if the composite
score is 70% or less.
An example of how an incentive payment
SEPTEMBER 201528
he Abu Dhabi Sustainability Group
(ADSG) was established in 2008
and is a membership-based organization,
dedicated to encouraging “co-responsibility
in Abu Dhabi to ensure that government
entities, business and not for profit
organizations are all partners in working
towards achieving the goal of economic,
environmental and social sustainability,” as
they explain in the From reporting to action
(2011-2013) strategy report.
ADSG’s main purpose is to guide its
memberorganizationstowardsadoptingand
utilizing best practices in terms of strategy
management and reporting. A host to both
private and public sector organizations, the
most notable members of the ADSG, are:
The Abu Dhabi National Oil Company
(ADNOC);
The Abu Dhabi Water & Electricity
Authority (ADWEA);
The Department of Economic
Development – Abu Dhabi (DED);
The Health Authority – Abu Dhabi
(HAAD);
The Aramex Abu Dhabi;
The Dolphin Energy (Dolphin);
The Etihad Airways;
TheNationalBankofAbuDhabi(NBAD).
Step 1
The mission statement of the Abu Dhabi
Sustainability Group is directed at
“promoting sustainability management
AROUND THE WORLD
MIHAI TOMA
in Abu Dhabi by providing learning and
knowledge sharing opportunities for
government, private and not for profit
organizations in a spirit of cooperation and
open dialogue,” as mentioned in the above-
presented report.
This ambitious mission that has been
established is supported by seven main
services that the ADSG provides to its
member organizations:
1.Improvingknowledge(throughaportal,
a newsletter, publications and seminars);
2. Developing capabilities (through
training, one-on-one support, and
benchmarking);
3. Sharing experience (through forums
and meetings);
4.FacilitatingAdvocacy(throughflagship
programs);
5. Building networks (through
partnerships with local and international
organizations);
6. Expanding the member network
(through outreach activities);
7. Reporting performance (through
the group’s various forums and an annual
report).
Step 2
Toreinforcethemissionoftheorganization,
theADSGhasalsoestablishedasetofvalues
that are dedicated to transmitting the right
message towards all of their stakeholders,
primarily towards their employees and
members.
This strategy marks a shift from the intensity of a start-up phase of building a network and
developing the services and processes required to engage our members to being in a position to use the
lessons learnt during our first two years of activity to respond effectively to the needs of our members and
other organizations in Abu Dhabi to improve sustainability management and reporting.
ADSG, Strategy 2011/2013.
From reporting to action
It is easily noticeable that the Abu
Dhabi Sustainability Group followed
best practices in terms of establishing
and communicating their values. All
three corporate values (responsibility,
accountability, and transparency) are
accompanied by a definition and a set
of ‘Principles,’ such as coordination,
collaboration, complementarity and
coherence which provide clarity and
purpose to the organization’s values.
Due to the fact that ADSG is a
membership-based organization and that
the bulk of their services and operations
are conducted through partnerships with
their members and other stakeholders, the
next logical step in their strategic planning
process was to have a clear picture of the
current status regarding their relationship
status with stakeholders.
Step 3
To this scope, they have developed a
Stakeholder Analysis, a dedicated tool
that provides an overview of the different
stakeholders,togetherwiththeircontribution,
or impact to areas that ADSG tries to focus
on, by establishing strategic objectives.
To facilitate the understanding of this
relationship, the stakeholder analysis is
groupedintosixcolumns,allofwhichentail
further details on ADSG’s expectations and
commitments:
Stakeholder;
Why we engage? – details here mention
INSIGHTS INTO A STRATEGIC PLANNING
PROCESS: The Abu Dhabi Sustainability Group (ADSG)
29SEPTEMBER 2015
sustainability management and reporting
practices;
Priority issues for ADSG – these include
commitment to the company’s values,
mission, goals and other activities in which
they engage in;
Priorityissuesforstakeholder–theADSG
follows to improve knowledge, maturity
level trainings sustainability performance,
and reputation, among others;
Our Response – this section details what
the ADSG offers, in return. Namely, it
includes tools and processes such as portals,
newsletter, one-on-one support and various
meetings.
Following the stakeholder analysis, the
next step in formulating the ADSG strategy
was to analyze the external and internal
environment of the entity.
Step 4
When an organization is going through
the process of strategic planning, one key
step is scanning its external environment,
in order to “take into consideration the
business environment in which we operate”,
as mentioned by ADSG in their report.
To serve this purpose, they have deployed
the use of a PESTLE, or the PESTEL
analysis. This technique involves scanning
the external macro environment of the
organization and identifying the Political,
Economic, Social, Technological, Legal, and
Environmentalfactorsthatwillinfluencethe
achievement of ADSG’s strategy.
focus, among others, as strengths, followed
by the weaker points constituted from
silent members, insufficient resource
allocation, representative turnover, levels
of commitment and others.
Step 6
The steps undergone up until this point
represent the prerequisite steps for
formulating a clear strategic framework
for the ADSG. The results and insights
gathered by following these afore-
mentioned steps have provided the basis
for creating the main strategic direction of
the ADSG, which is represented through
its Strategic Goals.
The established goals follow best
practice recommendations in terms of
standardization as each goal starts with
a verb. The goals are also accompanied
by the Vision and Mission statements
which represent the desired state of the
organization, and the manner in which
ADSG will reach its desired state.
In terms of recommendations for next
steps, breaking down the Strategic Goals of
the company in more specific Objectives is
seen as a good approach. These objectives
would then be clustered and graphically
represented in a Strategy Map, a visual
representation of an organization’s strategy,
highlighting the strategic objectives of an
organization together with the cause and
effect argumentations, linked within the
four perspectivesof theBalancedScorecard.
AROUND THE WORLD
This strategy has been designed
to help us achieve our strategic
goals ensuring our relevance,
effectiveness, efficiency, impact and
institutional sustainability as well as
increasing our visibility.
ADSG, Strategy 2011/2013.
From reporting to action
Each factor, such as the Political and
Economic factors, identified by ADSG
provides comments that stakeholders can
review in order to understand the political
andeconomicdevelopmentsthatmayaffect
the operations of the organization.
For example, the political factor contains
the ADSG’s comments on Abu Dhabi’s
Government search for excellence, on the
growing local attention to sustainability and
on the demand for improved coordination.
Meanwhile, the economic factor comprises
comments on the economic diversification
(whichismostlyconnectedtotheEconomic
Vision 2030 strategic plan), on construction
projects (explainable by the boom in
economic development experienced by
Abu Dhabi), on unemployment and, lastly,
on decent work.
Step 5
Further on, by building on the PESTLE
analysis, the ADSG proceeds in their
strategic planning process towards
analyzing the internal environment of
the organization. To this scope, a SWOT
analysis was conducted.
SWOT stands for Strengths, Weaknesses,
Opportunities and Threats, which are, as
ADSG mentions, “the key internal and
external factors that could help or hinder
us from achieving our objectives”.
Thus, the organization identified public-
private partnerships, sector leaders,
multidimensional approach and strategic
SEPTEMBER 201530
HOW KPIS CHANGED A GOVERNMENT.
A Malaysian approach
OANA GAVRIL
owadays, due to increasing
competition in the business world,
most of the firms and organizations are
obliged to adjust to new ways of enhancing
their performance. This improvement is
mainly linked to the implementation of
performance management systems, new
strategic directions, or important shifts in
the strategy of the organization.
Malaysia took into consideration these
aspects, especially after being faced with
drastic changes within its governing party.
Following six decades of performance
management initiatives, combined with
accountability, planning, and coordination,
the results were still not satisfactory for
Malaysia. The efforts directed towards
increasing efficiency “were extensive,
somewhat unconnected, and, until recently,
rarely emphasized measurable outcomes,”
saidJohnAnthonyXavier,professoratPutra
Malaysia University, and former director of
research in the Public Service Department,
for the Tying performance management
to service delivery: public sector reform in
Malaysia 2008-2011 case study (2011). As a
result, the Malaysian government decided
to employ Key Performance Indicators
(KPIs) as one of their main performance
measurement tools.
In 2009, Prime Minister Datuk Seri Najib
Razakcreatedaspecializedunittosupervise
the implementation of the performance
management system, naming it the
Performance Management and Delivery
Unit, or PEMANDU, for short. A detailed
overview of the program, designed to
present the public with recent results that it
hasachieved,togetherwithnecessarydetails
added to increase transparency.
PEMANDU was established to “oversee
the implementation and assess progress of
the Government Transformation Program
(GTP) and Economic Transformation
Program (ETP), facilitate as well as
support delivery of both the National Key
Result Areas (NKRAs), and National Key
Economic Areas (NKEAs)” as stated on the
PEMANDU online platform.
The structure of the program was created
in accordance with the 7 main areas of
interest, named National Key Results Areas,
which serve the purpose of creating both
short, and long term initiatives in order to
improve these sectors. Six ministers have
been appointed to lead the mission of
fulfilling the six National Key Results Areas
(NKRA) which focus on:
Reducing crime: headed by the Minister
of Home Affairs, it includes a number of
initiatives destined to descend the trend in
crime and to increase public satisfaction of
police services;
Fighting Corruption: assigned to the
Minister in charge of Law, within the Prime
Minister’s Department, aims to prevent
resources being taken away from the
economy of the country, and it will ensure
a fair playing field for all the participants
within the economy;
Assuring Quality Education, which
generated a 12-year programme - The
NationalEducationBlueprint-ensuresshort
and long term changes in the education
system of the country and it comes under
the Minister of Education’s governance;
Raising Living Standards of low-income
Households, assigned to the Minister
of Women, Family and Community
Development,itaimstoreducethedisparity
between the economically advantaged and
disadvantaged, as well as raising the income
level of the country;
Improving Rural Development, found
under the Minister of Rural and Regional
Development’sauthority,focusesonoffering
the people who chose to live in rural areas a
While the barriers to achieving Vision 2020 are considerable, they can be overcome through the
dedication of, and collaboration between, the Government and the rakyat. Taking up the challenge, this
government has formulated the principles of 1Malaysia, People First, Performance Now as a way to
accelerate our performance in order to achieve Vision 2020.
Catalysing Vision 2020 through 1Malaysia,
People first, performance now
AROUND THE WORLD
31SEPTEMBER 2015
healthy and sustainable living;
ImprovingUrbanTransport,whichwill
fix the public transport within the Klang
Valley and Kuala Lumpur, as these are
the major economical areas is governed
by the Minister of Transport;
AddressingCostofLiving,forwhichthe
DeputyMinisterisresponsible,isdesigned
to offer immediate term measures for
the living costs of Malaysians affected by
the global food and energy prices, while
assessing other strategies that will address
the rising cost of living within a long term
plan.
The purpose of implementing
this 7-point program is to ensure
accountability among the administration
and the civil public service, and to ensure
the transparency that each government
is looking forward to offer to its citizens.
Due to the presence of these National
Key Results Area, people can have an
objective evaluation of the effectiveness
of the leadership and the implementation
degree of these strategies.
Together with the National Key Result
Areas, the government of Malaysia has
defined the vision, mission and objectives
of the country for it Vision 2020 strategic
development plan, by creating 4 pillars to
support its strategy:
1.Malaysia:Peoplefirst,performancenow;
2. Government Transformation Program;
3. Economic Transformation Program;
4. 10th Malaysia Plan. Macroeconomic
growth targets & expenditure allocation.
1Malaysia:PeopleFirst,PerformanceNow
has become the administrative tag line, with
highlightsontheeffortsthatthegovernment
is putting into achieving the 2020 Vision.
Additionally, the role of PEMANDU is
also to support the Unity and Performance
Minister in implementing the Key
Performance Indicators system, and in
helping the government achieve the ideals
settled in their vision and become a high
income nation by 2020.
Performance management reforms
in Malaysia have resulted in improving
efficiency within the bureaucratic and
public service delivery systems, besides
helping the economy function very well in
the competitive South East Asia region. The
caseofMalaysia’sgovernmentisjustanother
example of how a thoroughly implemented
performance management system can help
increase performance within any type of
organization.
To achieve sustained high
growth and high economic
wellbeing in the future,
Malaysia should create
a competitive economy
that uses resources
efficiently, has sound
economic fundamentals,
is flexible in responding to
global development and
is backed by solid human
capital, innovation and
technological capacity.
In this new economy, the
private sector must take
a leading role through
entrepreneurship and
must be energised so that
it will invest and create
new sources of growth. The
role of the Government
is to provide frameworks
conducive to economic
development and an
efficient delivery system
Dr. Mahani Zainal Abidin,
National Economic Advisory
Council member. “Developing
the Malaysian Model for a
Global Economy” in Readings on
Development: Malaysia 2057
(2009)
AROUND THE WORLD
SEPTEMBER 201532
company that gifts is what one might
describe RedBalloon as. It gifts to its
customers the opportunity to learn and
enjoy new experiences but the focus in this
article falls on what it gifts to its employees.
This year, Smart Company awards its
7th place in “The top 20 on-line retailers
2015” to the biggest online gift experience
provider in Australia. It is with genuine
awe that performance management
practitioners around the world should look
intothesuccessstorybehindthenumerous
recognitiontitlestheRedBalloonCompany
currently holds. Such companies, like the
herebypresentedRedBalloonorganization,
testify for the core driver of performance:
the individual.
It is inspiring that, by building on NEF’s
(New Economics Foundation) “Five Ways
of Wellbeing” (2010) - Connect, Be Active,
Take Notice, Keep Learning and Give, –
RedBaloon has reached a point when its
employee-centric organizational strategy
is a catalyst for staff engagement practices
worldwide.
“RedBalloon was not always a great
place to work […]. It was challenging and
confronting as we went on our growth
RedBalloon AUSTRALIA:
an employee engagement strategy turning millions annually
journey. There was much we learned along
the way… and ultimately we got more right
than wrong and ended up listed as a BRW’s
Best Places to Work five times.”, Naomi
Simson, RedBaloon Founding Director,
(2015).
So how does Redballoon become one of
the greatest places to work for in Australia?
How come that, simply by making its
people happier, RedBaloon stands out as
one of the lead performers in the world?
Well, for starters, RedBallon acknowledges
its commitment to measuring employee
engagement.
CEO Kristie Buchannan proudly presents
an Employee Net promoter Score (NPS)
of over 80% for the company, in 2014.
Secondly, they provide employees with an
empowered environment and motivational
toolsforboostedparticipation. Thirdly, they
take an innovative approach to employee
performance by balancing individual KPIs
with “personal promises” that emotionally
tie the employee to the strategic plan of
the company. RedBalloon also spices up
its rewards and recognition programs with
spontaneity, encourages communication
through “team huddles,” uses Yammer
for internal social networking, and turns
beginners into brand energizers through a
unique on-boarding process.
Although it may seem that RedBaloon
wins the performance race through sheer
democracy, it is the understanding of basic
performancemanagementterminologythat
has allowed the organization to validate its
engagement governance:
Organizational culture is best valued
when it is a by-product of employee
engagement: “At RedBalloon people come
to work as themselves and not as their job
titles; as people, not staff. […] We empower
our people to make decisions in their roles,
knowing there is trust from the business
in those decisions, and knowing they are
allowed to make mistakes – as long as the
learn from them. We exercise freedom in
the flexibility we provide for all our people
– they are provided with the tools needed
to fulfill their roles, which means we have
happy people, leading to happy customers,
and ultimately resulting in happy profits
[…]”, Nick Baker, RedBaloon CEO, (2015).
Organizational performance and
employeeengagementleadtounprecedented
achievementswhenlinkedtoorganizational
culture, KPIs, and strategic direction:
RedBallon empowers all its employees
“Way back in 2001 when RedBalloon was founded, I had so many hopes and dreams for what the
business could be. I wanted to change gifting in Australia forever and to encourage ‘good times’ over more
‘stuff.’ After working for so many serious corporations, above all else I was intentional about creating a
workplace where people genuinely wanted to wake up and come to work in the morning. And well, we
must have got more right then wrong because RedBalloon has been a BRW Best Place to Work five times
in a row and I am proud to share that under the guidance of CEO Nick Baker we’ve been officially named
one of the world’s most democratic workplaces. Making the WorldBlu List of Most Freedom-Centered
Workplaces has once again proven our deep commitment to RedBalloon’s most important ‘competitive
weapon’ – our people!
Naomi Simson, RedBalloon Founding Director, (2015)
MARCELA PRESECAN
AROUND THE WORLD
33SEPTEMBER 2015
with the same access to the company’s
vision, strategy and business performance
plan. Company management believes that
transparency better enables both team and
individuals to actively contribute to the
success of the organization.
Organizational alignment is paramount
in the achievement of ambitious company
goals: In 2004, the founder of RedBalloon,
Naomi Simson, and her team set the
valiant goal to provide the company’s
gifting experience to 10% of all Australians,
within a 10-year range. That meant that,
by 2015, 2 million people would benefit
from RedBaloon’s services. However, what
seemed impossible to the team, at that
time, actually materialized two years short
of the 2015 target, as a result of strategic
consistency and staff commitment to the
company’s core values.
Key Performance Indicators drive
strategy and vision throughout the whole
organization: In her blog post entitled Six
things to do to make sure you have a great
day at work, Naomi Simson states that: “At
itscorewell-beingisbecominganeconomic
indicator for productivity […],” thus casting
further emphasis on employee happiness as
a key strategic driver for performance.
Cascading KPIs gives employees
accountability for growth in the capacity
of their teams: RedBalloon commits itself
to the measurement of organizational – #
Employee Net Promoter Score – team and
individual KPIs.
Balancing KPIs prompts employees in
also taking ownership for the quality of
theirresults:RedBaloonbalancesindividual
KPIs with “personal promises.” These are a
measure of the individual’s contribution to
the strategic plan of the organization.
Reward and recognition platforms are
majorcontributorstoengagementoutcomes:
In their search of a performance indicator
that would engage the whole sales team in
achieving their targets, RedBalloon came
up with the “Wishlist” initiative. It entailed
that each of the company’s employees
create a personal Wishlist with their most
desired experiences out of RedBallons’ 2500
proposals. Throughout their activity, each
employee receives points respective to the
achievement of their KPI targets. Whishlists
are updated every time employees receive
points from their managers, telling them
how much closer they are to achieving their
dream. In addition, Oscars are awarded to
team members that faithfully follow the
company’s values, and a Dream Catcher
Wall enables RedBalloon managers to
commit to a personalized framework for
incentives.
There is a point to this case study when
we come to ponder on the relevance of
# Employee engagement when it comes
to performance management. And, if
the RedBalloon success story hasn’t been
enough, here is a quick side-analysis.
Engaged employees work in favor of % Staff
retention. % Staff retention increases %
Employee advocacy which, in turn, leads to
elevated chances of attracting key talent into
the organization. # Employee engagement
boosts productivity, which further impacts
$ Sales and $ Turnover in positive ways.
Happy employees secure happy customers.
Happy customers trigger an increase
in # Customer satisfaction. # Customer
satisfactionpositivelyinfluences#Customer
loyalty and # Customer advocacy. Because
of the growth in $ Sales, $ Turnover and #
Customersatisfaction,theprofitabilityofthe
companyskyrocketed.Inconclusion,thereis
one word that summarized the contribution
that successful employee engagement
strategies make to the field of performance
management, and that is…inestimable.
Engagement Capability is the ability
and readiness of an organisation and
its managers to successfully engage
their staff
RedBalloon, Employee Engagement
Capabilities Report 2013
AROUND THE WORLD
SEPTEMBER 201534
EXTERNAL ANALYSIS. WHAT TOOLS AND
TECHNIQUES CAN WE USE?
Porter’s Five Forces business management model
PAUL ALBU
STRATEGY
POTENTIAL
COMPETITORS1
BARGAININGPOWER
OFSUPPLIERS3
COMPETITIVE
RIVALRY4 SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS
OR SERVICES5
BARGAININGPOWER
OFBUYERS2
35SEPTEMBER 2015
In today’s competitive market, having a good strategy can differentiate success from failure. Of course,
to a certain extent every company has a strategy regarding the objectives it wants to achieve, but the
difference between a successful and an unsuccessful strategy lies in the steps taken when formulating
it. As expected, the first step is essential, namely the external analysis. In order to facilitate this process,
organizations can deploy a number of tools to perform an external analysis thoroughly.
any companies nowadays deploy
a business model, which may
differ from one organization to another.
Porter’s business model is used by strategy
consultants in order to study the threats
and advantages a company has within its
respective industry.
What is a business model?
To better understand what a business model
is, the 2 terms, “business” and “model”, can
be explained separately, using the accessible
definitions provided by the Cambridge
Learner’s Dictionary:
Business: the activity of buying and selling
goods and services, or a particular company
thatdoesthis,orworkyoudotoearnmoney.
Model: a representation of something,
either as a physical object which is usually
smaller than the real object, or as a simple
description of the object which might be
used in calculations.
So, in general, as Alexander Osterwalder
(2004) states in The Business Model
Ontology, a business model represents
an abstract comprehension of the way a
company makes money: what it offers,
to whom does it offer and how can it
accomplish its purpose.
In his article Business Models for
Electronic Market, Paul Timmers (1998)
defines the business model as:
An architecture for the product, service
and information, including a description of
the various business actors and their roles;
A description of the potential benefits for
the various business actors;
A description of the revenue sources.
Porter’s five forces model
Porter’s five forces model is a business
model that managers can use to analyze
the opportunities and threats posed by an
industry to a specific business.
As the name states, the model focuses
on 5 different forces that can influence
the direction of a business. John F. Rice
is one of the many theoreticians who
explained the five forces, in his 2010
report Adaptation of Porter’s five forces
model to risk management.
According to the specific literature,
firstly there is the risk of entry by potential
competitors. They represent companies
which are not currently competing in an
industry, but have the resources to do so
if they choose. A recent example can be
Apple, which manufactured computers
but entered the phone industry a few
years ago it because it had the necessary
resources. Companies that activate in a
certain industry may prevent potential
competitors from entering, because the
more the companies, the harder it becomes
for an established organization to have the
same profits and market share.
Secondly, there is the bargaining power
of buyers. In any commercial act, there
are 2 type of buyers: the individual buyer
(the end user) who consumes the product,
or other organization who distributes
the company’s product to the individual
buyer. For example, a company that
produces bread can sell the product to
different retailers, which will therefore sell
the bread to the end user.
Ifthebuyerhasastrongbargainingpower,
it will influence the company to lower its
product’s price, while maintaing its high
quality. This will lead to an increase in cost
and decrease in profits for the company. If
the situation is reversed, a company can gain
an increase in profits by lowering costs and
reducing the product quality.
Thirdly, the bargaining power of
suppliers can have an extensive influence.
Suppliers are organizations that provide
inputs to the company. They can supply the
company with materials, services or labor.
If the supplier possesses a high bargaining
power, they will influence the cost of
the company’s product. Alternatively,
the company itself can benefit from the
bargaining power, if it is able to choose
from a wide range of suppliers.
Rivalry among established companies
within an industry is the fourth force in
Porter’s five forces model, and it refers to
the competitors from within the same
industry, which can influence the product
sold by the company. This can be done
by a competitor firm through its product
innovation, advertising campaigns, or
competitive strategy. To understand, let’s
imagine that Samsung decided to produce
a bigger smartphone, a decision that could
also influence Apple to develop a bigger
smartphone in order to remain competitive
in the market.
The last force refers to the substitutes
to an industry’s products, the existence
of another product within the industry
which can replace the company’s product.
For example, for the companies that were
producing alarm clocks, their product was
replaced by smartphones, because they
have integrated the alarm feature.
In Porter’s five forces business model,
these forces may have different values for
influencing the business. For example,
if a rival company lowers its prices, the
bargaining power of suppliers force will
have less value because the company
must adopt a different strategy in order to
remain competitive in the industry, be it an
aggressive strategy (lowering its product’s
price), a defensive or a conservative one.
Porter’s five forces model can only be a
point in deciding what strategy a company
should adopt. Other frameworks that can
be used to create the strategy of a business
are, in John Rice’s opinion, the value chain,
SWOT analysis, PESTEL or the gap map,
tools that shall be explained in details in the
future issues.
STRATEGY
SEPTEMBER 201536
intention but, as Bodet also concludes, this
is restricted to an individual who only has
one purchasing option, so its applicability
is limited.
The third group, “tended to reveal a
weak or insignificant relationship between
satisfaction and repurchase behavior,” as
explained by the same Bodet.
As stated in above, customer satisfaction
should only be an intermediary objective
of every organization, whereas triggering a
loyalbehavioramongtheircustomersshould
bepartoftheirlongterm/strategicobjective.
Thisassumptionisbasedonthedifferences
that exist between certain attitudes and
behaviors of a satisfied customer, versus
those of a loyal one. The satisfaction level
is, most of the times, related to a certain
product, transaction or interaction. As a
result, growing the customer’s satisfaction
can be an easy to achieve target, but keeping
it at high levels is a rather difficult task.
The satisfied customers tend to stay with
the supplier only until a better alternative
makes itself present.
The customers’ loyalty, on the other hand,
describes a behavior, not just an attitude.
It is significantly more difficult to grow,
but it is very slow to decline as well. This
behavior translated into several levels of
commitment towards the company, each
one encompassing its own benefits.
First of all, loyal customers are prone
to stay by their favorite organization’s side
when the business might not be flourishing.
Even more important than that, they will be
the ones who will make sure to let others
know when things are on the right track
in their relationship with the respective
organization.Thefinallevelofcommitment,
however, is when they recommend the
organization in a proactive manner and out
of their own initiative.
This is what we refer to as customer
advocacy and it constitutes the basis
for sustained profitability and growth,
as it allows organizations to predict the
behavior and attitudes of their current
customers. By being able to do so, they
will have an undeniable advantage against
those competitors who base their decisions
on the changing behavior of a non-loyal
pull of customers.
Examples of companies that are
recognized world-wide for their loyal
customers are: E-bay, Four Seasons,
Apple, Amazon, Zappos or Harley
Davidson. Fred Reichheld, the author
of the The Ultimate Question 2.0 (2011)
book argues that Harley Davidson is one
of the brands with the highest number
of loyal customers, although there are
very few research studies that highlight
this. This conclusion is based on the fact
that Harley Davidson’s logo is the most
tattooed logo on people’s body.
Reichheld argues that co-branding their
personal reputation is the ultimate way in
which one person can show his/her loyalty
towards that brand. This obviously says a
lot about the buying preferences, attitudes
and behaviors of those customers.
To conclude, both maximizing customer
satisfaction as well as increasing customer
loyalty should be a target for all businesses
which are aiming at a long-term profitable
growth. The brand loyalty is directly
linked to the repeated satisfaction of
customers, and can only be achieved by
having a performant Customer Service
capability that does more than solely
minimizing customer complaints; it gives
their customers the right reasons for them
to become advocates of that organization!
Decreasing the number of
complaints by improving the
quality of the products, or the
services offered – is what a lot of
organizations understand about
how to do customer service,
in particular, and business,
in general. But are satisfied
customers sufficient for the
company’s long-term profitable
growth? Or do they need
something else?
his article discusses the important
relationship between customer
satisfaction and customer loyalty, and
argues that the former should be viewed
only as a short-term goal, whereas customer
loyalty and advocacy should be the strategic
objective of all those organizations that
want to differentiate themselves and to
ensure their long-term survival on the
market. Although the two go hand in hand,
the latter should be the ultimate goal of all
businesses.
Within the existing literature, there
are three main understandings of the
relationship between customer satisfaction
and customer loyalty. The first one, brought
forward by researchers like Anderson,
Heskett or Rust and Zahorik states that
“satisfaction [is] an antecedent of customer
loyalty, which in turn influences the firms’
profitability,” as noted by Guillame Bodet in
his work, Customer satisfaction and loyalty
in service: Two concepts, four constructs,
several relationships (2008).
The second line of thought, whose main
promoter was Pierre Chandon, is mainly
focused on the individual re-purchasing
From satisfied
customers to
brand advocates
MARIA DESMONS-MACREA
CUSTOMERSATISFACTION
37SEPTEMBER 2015
Monitoring Healthcare Information
Systems with Key Performance
Indicators
RAMONA GLIGOREA
HIS
KPIs
“As a
computerized
system that
is designed to
meet all the
information
needs within a
hospital”
Karen Wager,
Frances Lee and
John Glaser
Wager
Quality
Efficiency
Software
+
Architecture
+
Interface
Information
Management
hroughout the years, the healthcare industry
has become increasingly more complex due to
technological and medical evolution and, as a result,
it is characterized today by an overwhelming amount
of information. Therefore, hospitals require an efficient
information system that will enable the proper
management of all these requirements.
Investing in hospital information systems
The number of investments in hospital information
systems (HIS) has increased, as paper medical records
have become cumbersome and difficult to manage. A
hospital information system can be defined, according
to Karen Wager, Frances Lee and John Glaser Wager
(2009), “as a computerized system that is designed to
meet all the information needs within a hospital”
The primary goal of HIS is to support hospital
activities at different levels, by using computers and
other equipment for collecting, processing, storing
and communicating both patient related information
and administrative data on all hospital activities. Other
goals refer to improving staff efficiency, or removing
unnecessary procedures.
KPIs for hospital information systems
Monitoring HIS with Key Performance Indicators
(KPIs) will help reflect the quality and efficiency of
information logistics. There is a variety of KPIs that can
be used to assess the technical quality of HIS, software
quality, architecture and interface quality and so forth.
Some KPI examples are listed below,
adapted from a 2009 benchmarking study
(Hübner-Bloder & Ammenwerth), called
Key Performance Indicators to Benchmark
Hospital Information Systems, conducted
for the Institute for Health Information
Systems.
Technical quality KPIs
% Health information system (HIS)
availability
# Response time of HIS
# HIS data loss rate
# Restore time of HIS
Software quality KPIs
% Functional coverage of HIS software
# Time needed for standard functions
# Software maturity level
# Software updates/upgrades duration
Architecture and Interface quality KPIs
# Interfaces between HIS systems
# Clinical department using an own
subsystem for documentation
# Time to connect subsystems that have
standard interfaces
# Double interfaces
When it comes to selecting and monitoring KPIs to track the performance of the information system they have
in place, healthcare organizations should focus on selecting the most relevant ones, specific to their needs and
according to the objectives established.
KPI
SEPTEMBER 201538
n sports, as in most human endeavors,
preparation is the key to success. It is just
this time last year that we witnessed one of
the best examples in this matter, offered by
the German national team (DFB).
It seems that, in preparing for the 2014
World Cup, DFB left nothing to chance.
“Naturally it is our goal to reach the pinnacle
there. We will prepare ourselves like a world
champion. I also think that we, because of
the last four years, are among the favourites.
We face up to this task and we put this
pressure onto ourselves.” These were the
words of Joachim Löw at the end of 2013, as
conveyed in a 2014 article by The Telegraph.
They resonate with Tom Coughlin’s press
conference statement, made before the
New York Giants won against New England
Patriots in Super bowl XLVI: “humble
enough to prepare, confident enough to
perform”.
What was so special about Germany’s
preparation for the 2014 World Cup? In
one word transformational, not through
the ingredients in themselves, but through
how they were combined into integrated
performance:
1. Environment for team cohesion –
custom holiday resort
Campo Bahia is a custom made training
camp, complete with housing units, floodlit
SPORTS PERFORMANCE TRAINING
TRANSFORMED:
The German national team at the 2014 World Cup
AUREL BRUDAN
ORGANIZATIONALPERFORMANCE
FIFA regulation training pitch, outdoor
swimming pool, spa, and lounge, dining
area, fitness center, media center and an
auditorium for team meetings. Having all
facilities available on site meant avoiding
hour long commutes from a hotel to and
from a training facility. It also offered
privacy and a sense of community among
the players. While having their own space,
being housed in groups of 6 in a villa, they
also interacted in the many common spaces
available across the resort. According to left-
back Benedikt Höwedes, as quoted by The
Telegraph: “This village has been a major
factor in building up the special team spirit
in the group today.”. Reportedly, 23 tons of
luggage and equipment were shipped in
preparation for Germany’s stay during the
World Cup tournament.
2.Acclimatization–selectingtheright
climate to train
With group games scheduled in hotter
cities in the north of the country and other
games scheduled in the cooler conditions
of the country’s costal south, the team
had to select a base location that would
facilitate acclimatization and recovery. It
was considered that it would be preferable
to move from warmer to colder conditions
rather than the other way around, hence the
location of the base, 682 miles from Rio de
Janeiro.
39SEPTEMBER 2015
3. Fitness training – miCoach elite
team system from Adidas and EXOS
An advanced physiological monitoring
system,miCoachincludesasmallPLAYER_
CELL device worn by the players which
measures the speed, distance, acceleration,
heart rate, and power of every athlete in
training. Data can be immediately analyzed
by fitness trainers and the team doctor, as
well as post-sessions for in-depth analysis.
Darcy Norman from EXOS presents the
potential of learning from such data: “Just as
there are many ways to accumulate distance,
each position and how the player plays
their position during drills, is different. For
example, a defensive midfielder may make
theeffortoracceleratetocoverabigdistance
at speed but may only go 5-10 meters and
then have to stop and change direction. In
contrast,anoutsidedefender–basedonhow
they play and the team’s tactics — may cover
a greater distance at speed. Both movements
are important and relative to the position.
Keeping this in mind, those stats need to be
lookedatinthecontextofthegameandhow
thecoachwantseachplayertoperform.Fora
defensivemidfielder,wemaylookatdistance
in relation to the number of accelerations
theymade,whilewemaylookatthedistance
covered, distance at high intensity, and the
number of sprints for an outside defender.”
Monitoringgoesasfarastrackingmineral
deficiencies, VO2 max (a measure of the
body’s ability to transport oxygen during
exercise), napping patterns and hours of
sleep for the previous night, at player level.
Beforethetournament,Germanyhada10-
day preparation camp in a secluded village
about 1,000 meters (3,300 feet) above sea
level in the Italian Alps. Training at altitude
stimulatestheproductionofoxygen-carrying
red blood cells that increase stamina.
4. Determination – Nervenstarke
Shad Forsythe, an American fitness coach
working for the German National team
through EXOS, declared the following in
an interview published in Sports Illustrated:
“Confidence comes from knowing that
physically they are ready for this.“.
The combination of physical fitness and
mental strength, was also acknowledged by
AlejandroSabella,theArgentinacoach,before
the 14 July 2014 final: “The Germans have
alwaysshownphysicalmight,tacticalpowers,
and mental force.” (The Telegraph, 2014)
5. Game data and analytics – SAP
MatchInsightssolutionrunningonthe
SAP HANA platform
According to an SAP and DFB joint press
release from June 2014, the solution is
intended to facilitate the analysis of training,
preparationandtournaments.Italsointends
to enable coaches and scouts to process
vast amounts of data to find and assess key
situations in each match to improve player
and team performance.
Oliver Bierhoff, manager of the German
nationalfootballteamillustrateditspotential
in number crunching “In just 10 minutes, 10
players with three balls can produce over 7
million data points. SAP HANA can process
these in real time. With SAP, our team
can analyze this huge amount of data to
customize training and prepare for the next
match.”
Software alone is not sufficient in
processing such vast amounts of data. The
federation has 40 sports science students
helpingitsiftthroughdataoneachopponent,
according to Folha de Sao Paulo newspaper.
A system this detailed has never been
utilized in soccer before and its debut at
the World Cup has clearly been influential.
After the completion of the World Cup in
Brazil, SAP plans to offer the Match Insights
program to other football federations as well
as club teams.
On and off the pitch, the German
national team’s performance at the 2014
World Cup was inspirational. It illustrates
key ingredients to success: preparation,
innovation, determination. The way they
were integrated in the ramp-up of the 14
July 2014 game sets to change the way sports
performance training is approached... And
not only!
Naturally, it is our goal to
reach the pinnacle there.
We will prepare ourselves
like a world champion.
SEPTEMBER 201540
BALANCED SCORECARD SYSTEMS
One road towards automation
MARCELA PRESECAN
the process of implementing a Balanced
Scorecard System ourselves leads us to the
scrutiny presented in the table herewith.
Automated scorecard solutions are
exemplary ways of managing vast amounts
of information related to the performance
management system of an organization.
Although their contribution to an
effective strategy execution is significant,
they might not always be cost-effective.
The small and medium sized business
Balanced Scorecard practitioners may be
forced to use desktop publishing tools in
order to control their spending. Even in
the case of larger companies, deploying
a Balanced Scorecard System across the
entire organization can be costly, when the
new releases, trainings and maintenance
fees are finally added.
But before renouncing the idea of
implementing a Balanced Scorecard
proficient software into your organization,
consider the fact that such an investment
can be beneficial. Building your own
Scorecard solution is not without strain.
Extensive programming might be
needed for efficient data management
and collection. Manual data feeding
may become inconsistent with business
requirements and growing databases, as
well as a burden for employees who are
unable to supply data for their measures.
Ultimately, Balanced Scorecard
automation depends on the readiness of
the organization to implement it and to
manage information the best way it can,
and finds, suited for achieving success.
BSC
from the rapid ascent of information
technology, organizations began to
acknowledge the substance of automation.
The different stages and various
approaches of Balanced Scorecard Systems’
automation have revealed a number of
prevalent products that serve this purpose,
as adapted from The Microsoft Balanced
Scorecard Framework (2002):
Automated spreadsheets: widely used
tools to track performance within a
Balanced Scorecard System;
Balanced Scorecard templates: internally
developed Balanced Scorecard designs,
created with the use of desktop publishing
tools;
Business Intelligence (BI) Products:
Scorecard automation software products
that provide the organization with the
technological architecture for structured
reporting and intricate analysis;
ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning)
Applications: Balanced Scorecard software,
which creates extensive databases to
facilitate reporting and decision making;
Balanced Scorecard stand-alone
applications: software solution that
provides unique presentation layers of
collected data and subsequent statistics;
Balanced Scorecard Frameworks:
a complete set of tools and methods
designed and developed by software
providers to enable the deployment of the
Balanced Scorecard Systems at all levels of
an organization.
A further analysis into the reasons for
choosing one against the other, during
ince the early 1990s, Balanced
Scorecard practitioners have strived
to optimize its successful implementation.
The business environment has suffered
tremendous changes since Kaplan and
Norton first included the concept in
their books. The ascent of information
technology was beginning to influence all
operationalandnon-operationalprocesses,
and organizations started benefitting from
a technology-based change, which created
the proper environment for applying
emergent performance management tools.
Balanced Scorecard pioneers prided
themselves on using spreadsheet-based
paper reports to master the functionalities
of the concept, without putting pressure
on the company’s budget. However, the
full potential of the Balanced Scorecard
was yet to be discovered. The demand
for alignment brought the incremental
need for cascading the BSC at all levels
of the organization. Employees needed
to be united in their efforts to achieve
the overall vision and mission, as well
as the organization’s strategic goals and
objectives. The organizational Scorecard
was, therefore, complemented by the
implementation of departmental and
individual Scorecards, all of which
purposefully communicated data and
monitoring results.
The vast amount of information
flow became overwhelming for
manual processing, while significantly
increasing the cost of Balanced Scorecard
development, in the same time. Profiting
41SEPTEMBER 2015
Automated
spreadsheets
Balanced
Scorecard
templates
Balanced
Intelligence (BI)
Products
ERP Applications
BSC Applications
BSC Frameworks
Quick to configure
Easily accesible
Simultaneous use by multiple users
Excellent for collecting and structuring hard data
Great with analytics
Good presentation layer
Cost effective
Suited to the internal technological structure
Creative formatting
Very good at leveraging with transactional systems
Single data source
Easy configuration
Extensive database
Personalized portals for employees
Operational tools
Leverage
Existing systems
Innovative funcitionalities
Links to e-mails, calendars
Multiple versions of the truth
Lack of control over data ownership
Abiguous user access rights
Inability to connect to data sources
Limited data sharing
Directs focus to available data rather than strategic
objectives
Hard to manage non-numeric information
High cost when deployed within the entire organization
Limited when working with multiple data sources
Do not easily integrate with existing structures
A short term soluction
Feeble structure
ERP-centric
Not well suited for integrating external data
Heavy database structure
High costs
Incremental costs with deployment
May require training on proficient use
Pros Cons
BALANCED SCORECARD
designed by Freepik.com
SEPTEMBER 201542
AUTHENTIZOTIC ORGANIZATIONS:
The solution for low engagement levels
RAMONA GLIGOREA
INDIVIDUAL PERFORMANCE
he importance of individuals’
psychologicalwell-beingfortheproper
inner functioning of any organization
should be one of the main topics addressed
by every manager of this era. And this is
directly related to creating workplaces that
are healthy, where people find meaning in
what they do and are captivated by their
daily activities.
Once a year since numerous publications,
such as the Fortune Magazine, come up
with lists of top most admired American
companies, based on criteria such as:
the quality of management, innovation,
commitment to ensuring a healthy
environment and so forth. But does
admiration answer the question: Are these
companies the healthiest places to work for?
It remains uncertain whether the most
admiredorganizationsarealsothehealthiest
places to work in. More revealing, from this
perspective, are the best companies to work
for ranking, that are also published on a
yearly basis and, this time, the criteria taken
into account is the employees’ great pride
to work for certain companies, a sense of
camaraderie, trust in management, a sense
of meaning, belonging, and enjoyment.
Organizations where you can find all
the human needs mentioned above are
what the author Manfred Kets de Vries
describes as authentizotic companies, in
his “Creating authentizotic organizations:
Well-functioning individuals in vibrant
organizations,” (2001) study. According
to his theory, the lack of employees’
engagement is a recent phenomenon which
is closely connected to changes within the
working environment.
The label authentizotic is derived from
two Greek words: authenteekos and
zoteekos. The former emphasizes the idea
that the organization is authentic – as a
workplace label, authenticity implies that
the organization evokes admiration for
employees through its vision, mission,
values, culture, and its original structure.
The term zoteekos refers to something
that is vital to life – in the organizational
context,itdescribesthewayinwhichpeople
are invigorated by their work. Employees
in organizations that can be easily labeled
as zoteekos feel a sense of balance and
completeness.
So what exactly do authentizotic
companies do different?
Some of the world’s most respected
companies – world-class authentizotic
companies – are globally recognizable:
GeneralMotor,Microsoft,BritishPetroleum,
Wal-Mart, and IBM are just a few examples.
Many of the managers leading these
organizations have fostered a strong sense
of purpose for their employees, while
simultaneously implementing the process
necessary for global extension of their
business.
On the course of their own search for
meaning, these leaders have created a strong
vision that clarifies what the organization
stands for, highlights the company’s
fundamental purpose for existence, and
recognizestheimportanceofeachemployee’s
contribution to the company’s success.
When it comes to hiring new employees,
these organizations are very selective,
wanting to be sure that the new hires will
embrace the values of the company. In an
authentizotic company, the management
communicates in a clear way not only how
things have to happen, but also why they
should happen.
Aiming to foster a sense of belonging,
these organizations favor an amoeba-type
structure, according to Kets de Vries (2001),
– when units become too large, they are
split, or smaller companies are created,
within the umbrella of a larger company
structure, in order to form flexible units and
allow all employees to relate and interact
with each other. Authentizotic companies
try to minimize hierarchical differences
and become flat organizations, spreading
responsibility throughout the entire
company.
Manfred Kiets de Vries is his book “The
leadership mystique: Leading Behavior in
the human enterprise” (2006), presented
authentizoticcompaniesasbeingresponsible
to provide the “A.I.R.” necessary to foster
innovation:
A – Give employees Autonomy to
encourage creativity;
I – Encourage Interaction between
employees to create synergy;
R – Recognize employees’ contribution to
company’s success.
Basic motivational needs, those that we
can simplistically label as love, fun, and
meaning, are at the heart of authentizotic
organizations, as well as at the heart of
employees’ engagement. A MAGIC
formula, proposed by Tracy Maylett and
Paul Warner in the MAGIC: Five Keys to
UnlockthePowerofEmployeeEngagement
(2014) publication, works by encouraging
the implementation of measures designed
to increase meaning, autonomy, growth,
impact, and connection, measures which
will eventually lead to employees’ high level
of engagement.
Because authentizotic companies strive
for a low level of organizational stress (the
consequences of stress are reflected in
high levels of absenteeism, performance
decline, conflicts and so on), and help their
employees maintain an effective balance
between personal and organizational life,
authentizotic companies are and remain
the organizations we need to hope, and
aim for.
SEPTEMBER 201542
43SEPTEMBER 2015
THE 5 W’S OF DATA ANALYSIS
MIHAI PACULEA
n the road to developing a strategic
plan destined to determine and
improve either the general performance of
an organization, or performance within a
particular department, specific tools have
proved themselves to be very useful for
assessing the current situation, and taking
the next logical steps towards achieving the
objectives set. One of the most used and
most useful tools, when properly applied,
is data analysis, due to the clear and precise
insights an organization can gain from it.
However, as it happens too often, data
analysis is mistakenly taken as a collection
of data generated only by a specific cause
and reflecting just a restricted segment
of a given reality. If this is the manner
in which an organization envisions data
analysis, then it restricts this tool, without
benefitting from the many advantages it
can provide.
Still, performance improvement is
a continuous process and the manner
in which data analysis is used by an
organization is not excluded from it. In
order to exploit the complete advantages
of this tool, a better understanding of data
analysis is required.
In the following you can find answers to
5 of the most common questions regarding
data analysis, more precisely what it is,
why is it so useful, what kind of results
it generates, who is the most appropriate
person to apply such a tool and, finally, if
there is a time when data analysis should or
should not be used.
What is Data Analysis?
Briefly explained, data analysis is defined
as the process of researching, organizing,
and manipulating data in order to bring out
useful information.
BusinessDictionary.com expands this
concept, defining data analysis as “the
process of evaluating data using analytical
and logical reasoning to examine each
component of the data provided. This
form of analysis is just one of the many
steps that must be completed when
conducting a research experiment. Data
from various sources is gathered, reviewed,
and then analyzed to form some sort of
finding or conclusion. There is a wide
variety of specific data analysis methods,
some of which include data mining, text
analytics, Business Intelligence and data
visualizations.”
Why we should analyze data?
Data analysis helps organizations extract
meaning from available data, transforming
a pile of unwieldy information, such as a
pile of figures, into valuable knowledge.
Data analysis differentiates the scientist
from the general population as it prevents
him from making largely unsubstantiated
claims, or assumptions, often concluded
from chance occurrences.
Also, data analysis is not always about
statistical significance. A distinction
is often made between statistical
significance, on the one hand, and practical
/ clinical significance, on the other hand.
Consequently, it is not a matter of statistical
significance or nothing at all. After all,
anything can achieve statistical significance
if the sample size is large enough.
Benefits of analyzing data:
It shows any significant changes than
might have occurred in the dependent
variable (KPI) that the organization hoped
to influence;
It uncovers factors that may be associated
with changes in the dependent variable
(KPI);
It shows connections between, or among,
various factors that may have an effect on
the KPI;
It can offer credible reasons to show
stakeholders that the project / program
in question is successful or that the
organization was able to exceed limitations;
It can determine reasons/factors that
made related work more effective / less
effective than expected;
It helps the organization learn from the
past and prevent a recurring set of causes
that are known to generate a negative effect;
It measures the impact of the initiative/
program implementation on the KPI,
variable.
What results does data analysis
generate?
Data analysis outcomes can be divided into
3 main categories:
a) Short-Term Outcomes: the most
significant part includes change in the skills,
attitudes, and knowledge of the decision
makers / influencers.
b) Medium-Term Outcomes: this sub-
categoryconsistsofchangesinbehaviorand
decision making.
c) Long-Term Outcomes: long-term
outcomes mainly comprise the persistence
of behaviors and broader lifestyle changes.
Who is in charge of data analysis?
The most appropriate person to conduct
the data analysis process in an organization
is the Data Analyst who is responsible with
the analysis of performance measures,
process optimizations, cause analysis, as
well as with drawing reports for decision
makers.
If the organization does not have a
Data Analyst, the next most appropriate
person in a company is the departmental
manager, who can analyze data and create
reports, either for decision makers or for
themselves, as a department.
When you should use data analysis?
Data analysis can be used whenever an
organization, or a person needs to take
the best decisions based on facts, to
better understand the causes that have
led to a negative / positive impact on the
performance measures, to gain in-depth
understanding of a process flow, to discover
how to optimize a process, how to minimize
the risks or mitigate them etc.
When appropriately analyzed, data
always offers clear and precise information
which highlights the path that must be
taken in order to reach the desired results.
Data analysis comprises succinctly valuable
knowledge, supported by facts. Otherwise,
when this tool is ignored or misused, such
information may be found spread over an
unnecessary length. The danger, in this case,
is that it leaves room for interpretation and
might lead to possible erroneous decisions.
DATAANALYSIS
SEPTEMBER 201544
but should also be aware of all the potential
external crisis lurking around the corner.
The importance of the change pattern
When changes occur, which they do, they
disrupt the status quo equilibrium, and
measures need to follow suit in order to
readjust the situation, and reach a renewed
state of balance. Predicting and preparing
for changes will not prevent them from
happening, will not even guarantee success,
but they will, however, reduce the time of
reaction and eliminate the surprise element
which produces confusion during the
decision-making process.
The change sequence pattern tells us that
things happen in a cycle of linked events.
Furthermore, each type, or sub-type of
change enables a prediction of additional
patterns of societal response to change,
namely, uniformities of societal behavior in
relationtochange.Byknowingthepertaining
culture of an organization, the surrounding
environmentanditsextremes,anyleadership
team can gain a greater control of changes
that are yet to happen.
Types of change and stages of
development
There are four types of changes known to
man, as provided by Lowell Juilliard Carr in
Disaster and the Sequence-Pattern Concept
ofSocialChange(1932),namely:population
changes,culturalchanges,relationalchanges
and, finally, catastrophic changes.
No matter what type we are dealing with,
comparative and analytical studies, such as
theabove-mentionedpaper,havebrought to
surfaceasequentialpatternthateachchange
bringsalong.Itconsistsof4individualphases
that reoccur with every change.
The initial phase of change is called a
precipitating or initiating event, and it is
considered to be a trigger which enfolds the
ensuing episodes. The trigger event disrupts
thebalance.Thisisthesecondphase,entitled
dislocated adjustment. Traditionally, this
stage is the one that, ultimately, makes the
difference between successfully controlling
such a situation and completely failing to
grasp it. It is a phase of chaos and confusion,
nonetheless, when true, good leadership
becomes obvious and indispensable. The
following phases refer to readjustment
and renewed equilibrium, and are heavily
dependentonhowthesecondstagehasbeen
dealt with.
The dislocated adjustment phase
Catastrophes, whether man induced or
natural, are the single events that clearly
highlight the sequences recognized in
change patterns, mostly due to the reduced
timeframebetweeneventoccurrence,action
and reaction.
The tragedy surrounding the World Trade
Center event has cast, at some extent, a
shadow on the prompt reaction of the New
York emergency response departments.
However, their crisis management strategies
have reduced, even if to a small extent, the
proportions of an even greater disaster. The
PREDICT FUTURE
CRISIS BY RECOGNIZING
ITS CHANGE-PATTERN
DIANA ZARNESCU
hange, in all of its forms, is certainly
an inherent feature of societal
development.Aswelladaptedaswemightbe
to our surrounding environment and habits
thisis,nonetheless,atemporarysituationthat
iseitherinthecourseofchanging,orisabout
to change. Understanding and predicting
change is as important as handling it and
controlling its outcomes. Predictive analysis
in times of crisis becomes the lifeboat that
will safely carry its passengers ashore.
Understanding current changes
Pinpointing the meaning and course
taken by contemporary changes is a shot
in the dark situation, blurred not only by
incomplete access to information, but also
by the interfering subjectivity of those
involved. Thus, it becomes obvious why
some of the current controversies repeatedly
fail to be dealt with, such as the battle for
global warming recognition. Such cases also
highlight the impossibility of grasping the
real consequences these changes will bring
along. If the results of global warming, for
example,couldbeenvisionedbeforetheywill
come into existence, perhaps more counter-
reactive measures would be imposed to
reduce the aftermath effects.
The question that arises, at this point, is
where, and how does a company fit into this
context? An organization today is infinitely
more exposed and more sensitive to changes
than the individual is. Therefore, it should
be prepared to face not only internal crisis,
whichcrisismanagementmainlyfocuseson,
RISKMANAGEMENT
designed by Freepik.com
45SEPTEMBER 2015
2015 Sewol ferry
capsizing, however, is
an example of the impairing consequences
that slow response to change brings along.
Because authorities were unprepared and
reacted slowly, a possible search and rescue
operation was compromised, giving way to
grim consequences.
The above examples, although
unconnected, reveal the result of reactive
measures taken during the second phase,
the dislocated adjustment sequence. In the
first case, the time since the triggering event
occurred, until the time when corrective
measures were taken, was extremely little.
Hence, the situation was handled as best as
it could have been in this given case, and
the level of preparation for such events was
satisfactory.IntheSewolferrycase,however,
the time of reaction was large, the level of
confusion was high, and the measures taken
failedtoreducetheextentofthecatastrophe.
The conclusion that arises from these
eventsis,asCarrpointsout,that“themanner
of reaction after any type of change relies
on a society’s culture, morale, leadership in
additiontothespeed,scope,complexityand
violence of change.”
Change control challenges
Some might question as to why the focus in
the change pattern isn’t concentrated on the
triggeringevent,thefirstphasethatgenerates
and drives the change. The
argument here is that the driver
of contemporary changes is very
hard to pinpoint.
Even though, in some cases, such as
naturalcalamities,thedriverisobvious,most
of the times, however, it remains hidden.
The precipitating event can be represented
by everything from a declaration of war, to
something less obvious, like a birth, a death,
or a public speech. For this reason, statistical
analysis of historical data is of no predictive
value,asitcannotrelyonlessonslearntfrom
past events and experiences.
Although no organization, or any other
entity, can prevent all changes from taking
placeanddisruptingtheirequilibrium,some
measures can still be set in place to increase
thelevelofpreparation,toreducethetimeof
response, and to provide the right decisions,
at the proper time. However, it is impossible
tosketchastandardizedstrategyofresponse
to suit all types of changes, as aspects may
vary according to culture, geography, and
nature of the occurring change.
A change management framework
The EU provides an extensive framework of
its attempt to control, as much as possible,
events that have not happened yet, in its
“Improving aftermath crisis management
in the European Union” (2012) report.
The purpose is to “reinforce effectiveness,
efficiency, coherence and visibility of EU
disaster response, shifting from ad hoc
response to a (more) predictable, pre-
planned, pre-arranged system.”
The report provides a framework and
further recommendations for an extended
range of possible changes that might
strike EU’s nations in the future, alongside
preventive measures, reactive measures and
so on. However, EU’s Crisis Management
Commission points out that its plan is,
and must remain, flexible, in order to
continuously incorporate new strategies,
new techniques and technologies as they are
developed and tested.
However, the report is dense as the
possibilities of potential crisis hitting EU
membernationsarenumerous,tosaytheleast.
Theimportantaspectheredoesnotfallonthe
measures selected or the classifications made,
as these are disputable according to their
circumstances. The most important aspect is
that it is vital to keep this framework open to
include new technologies, new measures, but
also new risks that arise in time.
Ultimately, change is unavoidable and
it will eventually strike. What happens
next, however, can be controlled, either
successfully or not. Preparation is the
central idea in such cases, as it will close the
gaps between the time when the change is
triggered and the time when measures are
taken. Additionally, preparation, alongside
the existence of a coherent strategy, reduces
the pressure of the moment and eliminates
the confusion surrounding unexpected
events. Thus, decisions implemented
further-on will, more likely, provide the
desired results.
RISK MANAGEMENT
SEPTEMBER 201546
FOR DESIGNING EFFECTIVE DASHBOARDS
THE 4 RULES
MANUEL HILA
OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
Designing an individual graph may prove difficult, to a certain
extent. The degree of difficulty increases considerably when faced
with the challenge of designing a dashboard. This is because
a dashboard combines a large, often dissimilar collection of
information, which can easily become cluttered.
Defining dashboards
Dashboards are, by definition, a visual interface that provides at-
a-glance insight into key measures that are relevant to a particular
objective or business process. Essentially, a dashboard has three
key attributes:
It displays data graphically;
It only displays data that is relevant to the dashboard’s purpose;
It contains predefined conclusions, relevant to the dashboard’s
purpose, and relieves the reader from having to perform his own
analysis.
Designing dashboards
Before starting to design a dashboard, regardless of what its
objective might be, a prime key step will be to collect user
requirements. These user requirements include defining your
audience, data sources and key performance indicators (KPIs),
along with refreshing schedules, data governance and so on.
As dashboards can be effective and can provide the user with the
required information, the question becomes: How can you design
a dashboard that works for you?
Choosing the KPIs that
matter
Keep it visual Allow users to explore Update Regularly
A first consideration when
designing a dashboard is to
identify and choose the metrics
that really matter out of the vast
sea of metrics. For selecting
the few metrics that have the
privilege of occupying a spot
on the dashboard, the following
questions need to be answered:
How does the metric
contribute to the purpose of the
dashboard?
Can the data, either internal
or external, shed light on the
monitored processes?
Canthemetricbedesignedto
measure those contributions?
Can the metric be built as a
systematic and on-going means
of measurement?
To enhance the viewer’s
information absorption,
the dashboard could be
enhanced through increasing
the speed with which data is
comprehended by others. This
prompts for displaying the
information in a visual manner,
rather than number-based
tables or text. It also provides
an aid in decision-making.
Some of the most common
visuals used in dashboards are
bar graphs, line graphs, heat
maps, and scatterplots that
have a bigger impact on the
viewer, mainly because they
are clear, intuitive and people
know how to read them.Also
when designing dashboards,
emphasize on the use of colors,
shapes, lines, thickness, and
otherprecognitiveattributesthat
our brain instantly recognizes.
For this, you need to research
what colors, shapes and sizes
will compliment your content
and illustrate it appropriately.
A step further in designing an
effective dashboard, provided
that it already has relevant
metricsandisvisuallyengaging,
is to offer the opportunity for
the viewer to dive deep in the
presented data.
As everybody is looking at the
metrics’ visual representation,
each person may have unique
questions about what they see.
Therefore, create the dashboard
in a manner that allows users
to interact with it and get the
answers they seek.
Therearenumerouspossibilities
for this, like the option to filter
views, adjust parameters or to
provide a historical overview.
Ensure that the metrics which
deserve a spot on the dashboard
are constantly and correctly
updated to reflect current
business results.
An effective dashboard allows
viewers to make faster and
smarter decisions. These
decisions are based on the data
presented in the dashboards
which, if outdated, is no longer
representative or relevant for
the current situation.
There are several best practices that need to be taken into consideration when designing a dashboard.
47SEPTEMBER 2015
public health practices supported by mobile
devices. The field is emerging at a very fast
pace and there are about 100,000 mHealth
apps at the moment, all available on various
platforms.
Digital games represent an important
advancement of mHealth currently
availabletoconsumers.Itbecameachievable
through the combination of Internet and
mobile devices. The use and effect of these
intermediates between medical specialists
and games have been researched by Maged
N. Kamel Boulos et.al., in their “Digital
Games for Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes:
underpinning theory with three illustrative
examples” (2015) study.
Type 1 diabetes is a chronic condition
that generally evolves in childhood and
requires insulin administration on a daily
basis. Therefore, children with diabetes
need rigorous monitoring of their diet and
blood sugar levels, as well as a rigorous self-
management. Sometimes it is very difficult
for the family to be aware of all the data and
be informed at any time and anywhere.
For this purpose, special mobile and
desktop game apps and platforms have been
developed, one successful example being
the product launched by Ayogo Health.
Monster Manor is a free game that helps
families with children with Type 1 diabetes
to be aware of their children’s testing and
logging schedule. The game is designed as
a health management toy that combines the
monitoring need with having fun.
Monster Manor is a game with an
integrated diabetes tracking app and,
whenever children access their diabetes
information regarding blood glucose levels,
they receive a reward in the form of a piñata
to crack open in the game. This will help
children collect more monsters, or buy new
pets for their monster. This is a nice way to
reward children for their efforts, encourage
them to properly manage diabetes, and also
offer parents the chance to monitor them,
on a daily basis.
Evenifitcanberelativelyeasyforchildren
tocheatandintroduceerroneousvaluesonly
to receive game rewards, the game seeks to
inspiresupervisedchildrenandengagethem
at a higher level with respect to diabetes
testing and information monitoring. The
scopeoftheprojectwasnottoobtaincorrect
monitoring information from children, but
to engage children in working individually
on this matter, while also being monitored
(as the software is also installed on parents’
devices, who can check on all the data
provided by their child).
Using this type of digital games, children
and teenagers with diabetes can now handle
their health problems much easier, through
the gamification of disease management.
It’s no news anymore that gamification and
all kind of social in-game components can
motivate patients and help them change
their habits and lifestyle.
During the last few years, an emerging
need for improved cyber-security and
regulation has been emerging and, as
such, there is a high demand for particular
resources for secure mHealth and eHealth
solutions. The advancement brought to
life quality improvement for patients is
widely recognized, as they can now benefit
from an active health self-management
system, which allows them to become more
independent through these self-assessment,
or remote monitoring solutions.
M-HEALTH AND
DIGITAL GAMES:
innovation for a new era
in healthcare practice
ANDRADA-IULIA GHETE
onsidering all the fast emerging trends
intheinformationandcommunication
technology areas, we have found that our
society is in a fast-paced race to implement
e-healthsystems,whichguaranteeimproved
healthcare services for patients and
communities worldwide.
What is E-health?
The World Health Organization (WHO)
defines e-health as the transfer of health
careandhealthresourcesthroughelectronic
means, but its terminology varies, from
health informatics to healthcare practice
using the Internet.
Itisgenerallycomposedoutofthreemain
areas, as enlisted by WHO:
The distribution of health information
for both professionals and consumers, via
Internet and telecommunication means;
The benefits extracted from IT and
e-commerce aimed at public health services
progress;
The adoption of e-commerce and
e-business methods in health systems
management.
The forms in which E-health can be
transmitted are various, and they can be
comprised out of health applications for
smartphones,citedasm-healthormHealth.
Mainly, these focus on the use of mobile
communication devices for health and
information purposes, but also on mobile
health applications.
Digitalgamesdesignedtohelpchildren
with Type 1 Diabetes
Mobile health (mHealth) is a sub-category
of eHealth and it encompasses medical and
INNOVATION
SEPTEMBER 201548
No organization can now
function without having clearly
established goals, and this is
generally accepted. However,
although the importance and
benefits of setting goals at the
organizational, departmental or
even individual level are broadly
known, understood and agreed
upon, when it comes to setting
personal goals, people have
mixed feelings. Is this useful or
just time consuming? How can
you set both bold and realistic
goals? How can these goals be
achieved easily?
PERSONAL PERFORMANCE
ADELINA CHELNICIUC
SETTING PERSONAL GOALS.
Decide what you want to achieve and go for it!
3. Motivational: having clear directions
shouldofferpeoplethemotivationtheyneed
toachievetheestablisheddirections.However,
there is a strong interdependency between
goalsettingandmotivation.Ontheonehand,
setting goals boosts your motivation into
achieving certain results but, on the other
hand, goals should only be established after
understandingtheinnermotivations,asgoals
cannot reflect something that the individual
has no wish or impulse in achieving.
What should you consider when
establishing personal goals?
1. It is now generally acknowledged that,
within organizations, the objectives should
rely on the company’s strategy. In personal
terms,thestrategycanbetranslatedintoyour
self-envisioning elements, such as the life
purpose, as well as the personal mission and
vision, and they should be established while
keepingyourvaluesinmind.Thepurposeof
clarifying these, for yourself, is making sure
that your goals lead to achieving the desired
stateinagiventime,whilemovingawayfrom
all most unnecessary distractions.
2. In order to have a better focus on the
aspects that you want to improve, goals
First of all, why establish personal
goals?
In their paper Goal Setting: A Motivational
Technique That Works!, Professors
Edwin Locke and Gary Latham (1984)
emphasized the benefits of setting goals in
the organizational context. According to
them, performance is boosted when setting
goals, as they exert different functions, from
the directive to the energizing one. So, why
not apply the same principles when it comes
to setting personal goals? By adapting the
Goal Setting Theory to the personal context,
the following functions can be established
for personal goals as well:
1. Directive:personalgoalshelpindividuals
directtheirattentionandefforttowardthose
specific activities that are relevant in their
attempttoachievethosegoals.Consequently,
all effortthat would otherwisebe invested in
other activities is now consciously directed
towards specific purposes.
2. Energizing: bold, daring goals require
more effort than the lower ones. Therefore,
when establishing a specific goal and
understanding its priority compared to
others, people tend to dose their efforts for
achieving it.
SEPTEMBER 201548
49SEPTEMBER 2015
should be set for all key areas of your life,
from the physical, social, emotional and
spiritual dimensions to the financial and
professional ones.
3. Makesureyourobjectivesaremeasurable!
Ifyousetabstractgoals,youareunlikelytobe
able to keep track of their level of attainment
and, therefore, you risk losing focus and
stepping away from the respective goals’
achievement.
Asimpleandusefulapproachisdecomposing
a SMART (Specific, Measurable, Attainable,
RelevantandTime-bound)objective,insuch
way as to make it easier to be tracked and,
therefore, attained. Let’s take, for example,
the SMART goal Improve my English skills
in one year, by undertaking 4 English classes
per month. It can be illustrated, in a simpler
manner, as follows:
Objective – Improve English skills
+ KPI – # Classes per month
+ Target – 4
+ Timeframe – 1 year
Asseen,KeyPerformanceIndicators(KPIs)
can be established for your desired goals, as
theirresultswillenableyoutotaketheactions
needed.UsingKPIsgivesyouclarity,focuson
whatmattersandwillsupportyourpersonal
improvement process.
Youhavesetyourpersonalgoals.What
comes next?
The simple action of setting goals is
pointless if it is not part of an entire process
of improving your personal performance, be
it related to career, social life, family, health
or all of the above.
Three simple rules can be applied for
increasing the effectiveness of your
personal goals:
1. Keeptrackofyourobjectives!Sometimes,
it becomes difficult to extract the essential
fromthemultitudeofthoughtsthatcrossour
minds every day. Make sure you remember
yourobjectivesexactly,ideallybywritingthem
down and returning to them whenever you
need to regain focus on your path to success.
2. Establish an action plan and stick with
it! Once you have set your goals for a specific
time frame and you have established the
way to measure their attainment, you have
to take actions in order to reach the desired
state. For example, if your career goal for the
next five years is becoming a Performance
Manager within an international company,
the first actions you have to take are either
optimizing your CV and online professional
profiles, researching for companies that fit
your needs and values and applying for the
desired job, given that you already have the
needed skills, or taking measures directed
towards developing this capability, in case
you don’t.
3. Review your objectives whenever
necessary. Even if we talk about attaining
thosegoalsandmovingontoasuperiorlevel
or just readjusting goals that don’t fit your
missionandvisionanymore,objectivesshould
be reviewed in order to get the maximum of
benefits out of this practice.
Setting personal goals, far from being a
time consuming, pointless activity, is one
of the first steps that you should take into
consideration when deciding to improve
your personal performance. Applicable in
all areas of your life, goal setting can make
the difference between performing at your
real capacity and wasting precious time and
energy. Therefore, take the personal goal
setting process for what it is: an impulse you
offer yourself, for your own well-being!
designed by Freepik.com
The simple action of setting
goals is pointless if it is not part
of an entire process of improving
your personal performance, be
it related to career, social life,
family, personal development,
well-being or all of above.
PERSONAL PERFORMANCE
49SEPTEMBER 2015
SEPTEMBER 201550
DATA VISUALIZATION
In the words of data visualization expert Edward Tufte, “Graphical excellence is that which gives to the
viewer the greatest number of ideas in the shortest time, with the least ink, in the smallest space.”
n both personal and professional
levels, we are surrounded by massive
amounts of data, whether we talk about
nutritional labels on food products or
departmental KPIs on a dashboard.
Discussions on data visualization have
rapidly increased over the last years as more
executives, managers and analysts strive
for a better understanding of the raw data
behind everyday dashboards, scorecards
or presidential poll results, for example.
The struggle is to bring the raw data to life
in a simple and comprehensible manner.
However, as it lacks an overview, you can
perceive statistical data as overwhelming,
timeconsuminganddifficulttounderstand.
We use data visualization to fulfil a basic
humanneed,thatoftellingastoryinamore
than verbal manner. Data visualization is
the graphical representation of information
with the purpose of communicating
MANUEL HILA
DATA VISUALIZATION
Is a picture worth a thousand words?
without words, increasing the speed at
which data is comprehended by others
and providing aid in the decision making
process.
Communicating visually
Data visualization is not something new.
Communicating data and information with
visual means has been around in various
forms for hundreds and arguably thousands
of years. Graphical interaction with data has
known a steep increasing trend among the
full spectrum of users. From executives to
front line personnel, data visualization is
becoming a necessity. Among corporations
across the globe, the line, bar, and pie charts
are some of the most commonly used types
of graphs. Yet, there is more to it. Today,
through graphical displays of data, such as
dashboardsandscorecards,usersaremoving
on from static reporting and data tables to a
more interactive workspace, which allows
them to better comprehend and manipulate
data, as well as to reach a strategic decision
by viewing past, present and future trends.
In accordance with FusionCharts’ white
paperonPrinciplesofDataVisualization,in
thebusinessenvironment,datavisualization
follows two broad goals: explanatory and
exploratory. In the first case, the viewer
is directed along a defined path: he starts
by having a question in mind and, after
visualizing the data, he finds the answer.
Therefore, the data tells the viewer a story.
An exploratory visualization offers the
viewer many dimensions to a data set, or
benchmarks multiple data sets. Therefore,
the viewer requires time to first familiarize
himself with the visual aspect, identify an
areaofinterest,andthenexplorethedifferent
dimensions of the image. Thus, the viewer
finds the story that data is transmitting.
51SEPTEMBER 2015
Howvisualsaidinformationretention
It has been proven that information
retention after a meeting, for example,
can be boosted up to six times when that
information is presented through visual and
oralmeans,insteadofmerelyspokenwords.
When processing visual information,
there are two types of memory that play an
important role:
Long-Term memory (a vast store of
knowledge and a record of prior events);
Working memory (temporary
background memory for an episodic
buffer).
When using the long-term memory,
one expects to see the information on a
visualization on X and Y axes with the
corresponding unit markers, or the legend
graph besides it. This type of memory is
formed in time by past interactions and
experiences with other visualizations.
All in all, you rely on your working
memory to retain the partial results while
solving an arithmetic problem without
paper or when noticing a number of interest
onadashboard.Thistypeofmemorybreaks
the vast visual information into smaller
pieces, which are much easier to remember.
Ontheimportanceofeffectiveprocess
based visualization
Gooddatavisualizationiscriticaltomaking
smarter business decisions, and it might
contribute to improving performance. The
need to make sense of and communicate
datatoothersisrapidlyincreasingand,thus,
astimepasses,newwaysarecreatedtobetter
and more efficiently deliver information
in a non-verbal matter. Information
technology, software and design, combined
with the principles of visualization create
sophisticated images and animations to aid
large data sets comprehension. By covering
a growing range of areas, industries and
projects, visualization tools reflect creative
ways of communicating data to others,
with virtually no limit to what kind of
informationcanbetranslatedintoanimage.
Vision is the main key to communicating
information.
The data visualization process should rely
on identifying the purpose of the data. The
question of “what is the story of the data?”
should be asked both before creating a
visualization and using it.
On the other hand, sometimes it may
be difficult to identify the message of a
visual representation. This situation might
be caused by the failure to consider best
practices, such as understanding the data
type, identifying the relationship between
the data, keeping it simple and wasting no
pixels.
Some of the benefits of efficient data
visualization are:
Action – it supports the decision making
process;
Immediacy – it provides immediate
answerstothebusinessquestionsthatmight
appear, as patterns, trends and connections
between variables can easily be spotted;
Challenge – it stimulates the brain to
come up with ideas. In other words, visual
representations can “light the bulb”;
Insights – it draws out insights from large
amounts of data.
About the pitfalls or how visuals can
misinform
Visualization is becoming vital for
transmitting information in a non-verbal
manner, but when done wrong, it creates
more confusion and ambiguity rather than
provide the desired answers. Visualization
ideas, which at first might seem brilliant,
can turn out to be puzzling for viewers,
diminishing their willingness to look for
answers due to the complexity or bad
representation of the data.
One of the easiest ways to misrepresent
data in a visual rendition is by messing with
the X and Y axis on charts, rearranging
elements such as bar graphs, line graphs,
or scattered plots. In most cases, the Y-axis
should have a range starting from 0 to
a maximum that encompasses the data
range. Unfortunately, taken to an extreme,
as in the example below, this technique can
create a distorted view of the data, making
the differences between values appear much
larger than they really are. The two graphs
below present the same data from two
different points of view. In the first case, it
gives the impression that the interest rates
have skyrocketed, while in the second case
the difference is slightly observable. The
difference between the lowest value and the
highest value is 0.014%.
By displaying the data with a zero-
baseline Y-axis, the viewer has a more
realistic picture of the facts, perceiving that
the rates are almost static. Such examples
are widely seen almost everywhere and the
question on everyone’s mind is “Why start
at 2.14%? Why not any other value?”
Before creating any visualization and
thinking of its design, you should consider
some key aspects and try to answer some
of the following questions: What story
will the data tell? What questions should
the visualization bring forth? Which
data needs to be highlighted? What is the
best architecture for revealing the most
important aspects of the visual? Who are
the viewers?
As you answer some of these questions,
the right design and implementation
process can begin. It does not mean that
the visual aspect will not require any
changes along the way, but taking the right
route in the design phase will simplify the
work and help create a better and more
understandable representation.
Visualizations rely on accurate and
coordinated data, so it is essential to double
check the data upon which the visualization
is created. If the data is incomplete or faulty,
or the data sets differ in definition or units,
the final visualization may lead to a poor
interpretation of the results, causing a faulty
or misleading conclusion. Even if the data is
consistent, a poorly conceived visualization
might show nothing or highlight irrelevant
facts. It all comes down to quality.
Visually
83%
Hearing
11%
Smell
3.5%
Touch
1.5%
Taste
1%
DATA VISUALIZATION
SEPTEMBER 201552
ANDRADA-IULIA GHETE
BENCHMARKING:
A story of best practices and success
All businesses are in a continuous search for processes and
quality improvements that will eventually lead them to
achieving a superior level of performance in their activity.
BENCHMARKING
53SEPTEMBER 2015
enchmarking represents a very
important methodology, used to
supportsignificantbusinessimprovements,
although it has not been, so far, explored
to its full potential. Its methodological
uniqueness is represented by the
identification of those processes that lead
to a superior performance, followed by the
analysis of the facts behind that success.
What is benchmarking?
An operational definition of benchmarking,
as developed by specialists in the field,
is finding and implementing best
practices. In regards to other definitions
of benchmarking, we can refer to the
Australian Manufacturing Council (AMC
1994), which defined benchmarking as „the
ongoing,systematicprocesstosearchforand
introduce international best practice into
an organization”, or to Spendolini (1992),
who described benchmarking as being
“the continuous and systematic process
of identifying, analyzing, and adapting
industries’ best practices that will lead an
organization to superior performance”. In
a nutshell, benchmarking seeks to improve
one’s business through the comparison of
performance metrics with representative
companies, from the same or different
industries, which will spark innovative ideas
and lead to developing superior procedures.
Benchmarking history
The term “benchmarking” has its origin
in the 1970s, when it was first used for
identifying a reference point from which
other measurements can be made - a
“benchmark”. Historically, benchmarking is
basedontoolslikethecompetitiveadvantage
analysis and the Kaizen framework,
which stipulate continuous incremental
improvement, or “change for the best”.
In the 1980s, several corporations,
especially from the technological field,
started introducing benchmarking as a
standard organizational procedure. Prior
to this, Xerox, which was the biggest
copy machines manufacturer worldwide,
implemented competitive benchmarking
around the mid-1970’s, when the
company went through complete revival.
Xerox compared itself directly with the
best competitors in the market in order
to determine what would be the best
approach to increasing productivity, while
decreasing costs.
Rank Xerox reworked business thinking
through the benchmarking plan they have
introduced. Robert C. Camp, Manager
of Benchmarking Competency Quality
and Customer Satisfaction at Xerox,
developed a five-phase benchmarking
process, containing twelve main steps to
be followed. Xerox soon became a world-
class organization and the first company to
win the Malcolm Baldrige National Quality
Award, in 1989 and the European Quality
Award in 1992.
Benchmarking benefits
A benchmarking study provides several
benefits, including a set of measures for
assessing the performance of the project
system and a baseline for measuring
improvements. It also offers the opportunity
to compare an organization’s performance
against industry competitors, noting
strengths, weaknesses, and different ways of
executing projects.
Moreover, through benchmarking,
companies can elaborate proposals for
improving the project system, monitor
organizational performance and see which
of their competitors perform at the highest
and lowest levels.
main categories: informal and formal
benchmarking.
Informalbenchmarkingreferstolearning
from others’ experiences. This implies
consulting with experts, networking,
and obtain data from websites, online
databases, or publications.
Formal benchmarking can also be
divided into two main categories:
performance benchmarking and best
practices benchmarking.
Performance benchmarking enables
a performance gap to be identified and
refers to the comparison of performance
data obtained through studying similar
processes or activities. This type of
benchmarking can be conducted through
comparison of financial measures or
comparison of non-financial measures.
Best practice benchmarking focuses on
comparing performance data obtained by
studying similar processes or activities and
identifying, adapting and implementing
the practices that produced the best
performance results. It represents the
most powerful type of benchmarking,
which focuses on “action” and is used for
learning from the experience of others
and achieving significant improvements in
performance. Best practice benchmarking
can also be divided into four different
types, as follows: internal benchmarking,
competitive benchmarking, strategic
benchmarking and generic benchmarking.
Benchmarkingisnowadaysacknowledged
as being a core component of the quality
improvement methodology and can
be considered one the most important
contribution to it after Deming’s or Juran’s
foundations. Deming introduced the
14 Points on Quality Management as a
basis for implementing the total quality
management for helping organizations
increase their productivity and processes
quality, whereas Juran‘s contributions to
quality management might have been even
greater, as he focused on the management’s
responsibility in achieving quality and the
need for setting goals.
A benchmark is generally used for
improving the organization’s processes,
communication or for budgetary reasons.
Benchmarking plays a key role in helping
organizations monitor their performance
and deal with the policy process within their
industry.
Among the factors that can determine
a successful benchmarking process, the
followingcanbementioned:agoodselection
of variables to be measured, full comparison
compatibility of the measured processes and
a good allotment of resources.
BENCHMARKING
A benchmark is generally
used for improving the
organization’s processes,
communication or for
budgetary reasons.
Benchmarking process
The benchmarking process can be
conducted in several ways. One option
is to use benchmarking data taken from
processes commonly used within an
industry, or functional benchmarking data
for various processes that exist in several
industries. Another approach is related
to internal benchmarking, that compares
common activities across different divisions
of the same organization.
The benchmarking process follows four
main stages:
Planning: setting objectives, literature
research, stakeholders’ targeting, developing
the preliminary questionnaire;
Data collection: surveys, site visits,
interviews;
Analyses: comparative statistical and
practical analyses of the participating
organizations, discrepancies analysis;
Improvement:applyingpotentialchanges,
resulted from studying the organization’s
management system, in order to improve
performance, monitor progress and plan
ongoing benchmarking activities.
Benchmarking types
Benchmarking can be divided into two
SEPTEMBER 201554
structured and standardized manner;
They provide detailed information about each
indicator;
They ensure consistency in measuring and
interpreting KPIs;
They enhance KPIs understanding.
The most important functions of the KPI
documentation forms are:
Communication facilitator through standardization;
Automation enabler;
Knowledge management facilitator;
Stakeholders’ educator (KPI owners and data
custodians);
Buy-in enabler, by involving stakeholders.
Q:How can KPIs be activated?
Activating KPIs is an important challenge that
companies face after implementing a performance
management system.
What techniques can be used to make sure that KPIs
are activated?
Meeting KPI data custodians in person;
Involvingdata custodiansina communityofpractice;
Sending reminder emails.
Meeting KPI data custodians in person brings three
main benefits:
It captures attention, especially when new initiatives
or projects are developed;
It inspires a positive emotional atmosphere that paves
the way for innovation and collaboration;
It builds human networks and business relationships.
Involving data custodians in a community of practice
translates into promoting the importance of exploring
and communicating current and best practices in
working with data for KPIs. The technique offers three
main advantages:
It provides a common platform for data custodians to
Q: What techniques can be used to
select KPIs?
Selecting Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) is, by
far, the most challenging aspect of establishing a
performance management framework.
There are some techniques that can be used to
facilitate the selection process:
1. KPI expo: it consists of presenting a list of KPIs
during the KPI selection workshop, in order to offer
participants an overview of the KPIs and to start the
process keeping in mind the final outcomes.
2. KPI wall clustering: it is an exercise used to group
KPIs based on objectives or relevant activities. Keep in
mindthatitisimportanttoensureinteractivity between
workshop participants during the exercise. Discussing
each KPI and deciding on appropriate clustering
ensures involvement and helps the buy-in process.
3. KPI selection criteria: it refers to defining clear
specifications that will help to filter all the brainstormed
KPI examples. A variety of criteria can be established,
but it is important to keep the process simple and avoid
using a vast array of complex filtering features.
Three basic characteristics need to be taken into
consideration. KPIs should be:
Relevant – The KPI represents a measurable
expression for the achievement of a desired level of
results in an area significant to the organization. It can
be the achievement of a strategic objective or an aspect
that is essential for decision making;
Clearly defined – KPIs should be described by using
clear and intelligible terms. It is recommended to avoid
management jargons or abstract concepts;
Balanced – Ideally, when selecting KPIs, two
indicators are recommended to be monitored for each
objective in order to avoid negative behavior. The risk
of attaining the target for one performance indicator,
while ignoring the achievement of the other can be
reduced if KPIs are balanced.
Q: Why should we use KPI
documentation forms?
The KPI documentation form is a template that
structures the most relevant information regarding
a given indicator. Some important fields of the form
are the KPI definition, the calculation formula and the
target. In addition, other relevant fields can be used,
such as: subordinate measures, limitations and notes.
Some of the main reasons for using KPI
documentation forms can be structured as follows:
They assist in the documentation of KPIs in a clear,
ASKTHEEXPERTS
The process of strategic
planning must be
continuously reviewed on
year term basis and the
link with Performance
Management is the key
Maria Elena Sanz Ibarra, HR Director,
Ministry of Transportation and
Telecommunications, Chile
ASK THE EXPERTS
55SEPTEMBER 2015
ANDREEA VECERDEA
Establishing targets is just the first step towards high
performance, as adjustments to the internal processes
and constant analyses on obtained results, compared
to fixed marks, are necessary to achieve the desired
performance, in a healthy manner.
Q: Which are the key steps to
implementing an Individual
Performance Management System?
Individual performance management systems, which
offer employees and managers an opportunity to
identify strengths and weaknesses in their performance
and establish new directions for improvement, imply
following 6 key steps in order be properly implemented.
Step #1 Clarify the organizational context: This
refers to reviewing the organization’s current state and
its needs, which require the implementation of an
individual performance management system. It helps
not only in understanding the organizational culture
and employee perceptions regarding such a system, but
also in identifying the obstacles that might influence a
successful implementation.
Step #2 Establish the system implementation project
plan: It refers to following all the necessary steps for
implementing the performance management system
at individual level (i.e. obtaining project approval,
designing the project implementation plan, project
communication to stakeholders, project initiation,
monitoring and continuous review).
Step #3 Define components and templates used: It
can be done by analyzing best case practices or through
the HR manager’s recommendations. Managers need to
establish standardized templates that will therefore be
used within their organizations.
Step #4 Presentations and training sessions
for management and employees: They should
be implemented in order to ensure that both the
management and the employees understand the
individual performance management system and the
project implementation plan. During these sessions, the
purpose and objectives of using such a system will be
explained,alongwiththeroleassignedtoeachemployee.
Step #5 Project implementation: It refers to the start-
up phase of the system implementation, by using all
components. It implies stakeholder involvement and
system validation during the process, for continuous
improvement.
Step #6 System monitoring and review: The purpose
ofthisstepiscomparingcurrentresultswiththeexpected
ones and analyzing the outcomes. System monitoring
and continuous reviews will help in achieving the
project’s objectives in due time.
RAMONA GLIGOREA
CRISTINA TĂRÂȚĂ
MIHAI TOMA
communicate and share work related experience;
It stimulates learning by supplying a medium for
sharing best practices and tutoring;
It creates collaborative processes that add value and
maximize data custodian efficiency.
Sending reminder emails is another KPI activation
technique that can be used. It may seem very straight
forward, but many companies underestimate the
importance and efficiency of this technique. Sending
reminder emails creates a sense of urgency in regards to
thedatagatheringprocessandservesasanoticefordata
custodians that are not on schedule with providing data.
Q: Which are the challenges in setting
targets?
A target reflects the desired level of a Key Performance
Indicator (KPI). Targets make the results derived
from measurement more meaningful and provide
organizations with feedback regarding performance.
They are a mandatory prerequisite for each KPI
measured, and should be quantifiable and clearly
expressed.
The process of setting targets should be based on
sound research. Sources of relevant information are:
internal historical data, benchmarking reports and, in
some instances, even annual reports from competitors
or other companies from the same or a similar industry.
Settingtherighttargetsis,inmostcases,anadjustment
process. Acknowledging the internal capabilities of the
company is essential, but testing different target levels
can lead to experiential learning and eventually to the
right target.
Some examples of challenges that can appear when
using targets are:
Keeping targets ambitious, yet attainable;
Preventing negative behaviors that may occur by
overemphasizing reaching targets;
Maintaining flexibility and adjusting targets.
Many organizations will give
up before they actually start
to get the results. It’s about
these two things: know what
you want and be disciplined in
applying the tools to get it!
Gregory Richards, Professor of
Performance Management, Telfer
School of Management, University of
Ottawa, Canada
Head of Research
Programs, The KPI
Institute
Head of Professional
Practice TKI MENA
Head Of Performance
Management Office
Sibiu, The KPI Institute
Talent Development
Specialist, The KPI
Institute
ASK THE EXPERTS
SEPTEMBER 201556
LIFESTYLE
More and more
people are now
taking healthy
living to a whole
new level, by fully
understanding
the importance
of nutrition
and acting
accordingly.
Monitoring one’s
daily diet is no
longer regarded
as a matter of
losing weight, or
as exhaustively
attached to
the fashion
industry. It is,
on the contrary,
understood for
its real value, as a
means of control
and awareness.
Nutrition trends
In 2014, many trends that hesitantly appeared over
the last few years are being revitalized. From different
types of diets and food trends, to using numerous
types of gadgets meant for measuring one’s health and
fitness level.
The Dairy Council of California has recently released
their Top 10 Nutrition Trends for 2014, which offers
details about the current food and nutrition issues.
The trends they have identified are also completed by
the Food Technology magazine and New Nutrition
Business. Some of the main trends of this year, which
identify the most impacting changes in the way people
choose to eat, buy and consequently behave and feel are:
1. Natural food: the main focus is on giving up
on the so-called “junk food” and turning towards
natural, fresh food grows, such as gluten-free or low
sodium products. The trend applies both to producers
and consumers. Let’s take, for example, the nutrition
labels. Consumers seem to have an insatiable appetite
for nutrition and diet information, as they got used
to reading the labels, and more and more people now
count their daily number of calories or even choose
products based on information from food labels, while
producers provide this piece of information even when
not mandatory, proving their customers transparency
and interest for their physical well-being. Millennials,
quoted by Forbes in their article Consumers Not
Lovin’ Fast Food As Much These Days, has recently
reported a 20% decrease in visits to fast food chains,
showing an obvious increase in people’s concern for
their health and physical well-being, in the detriment
of saving money or time;
2. The extensive use of proteins: in the last couple of
years, proteins have been increasingly acknowledged
for their multiple benefits when it comes to health
and fitness, escalating to the point where they have
become one of the main assets in weight management
and muscle building;
3. The so-called “performance nutrition”: far from
targeting professional athletes only, nutrition bars,
energy drinks and other similar products are now
used by a large amount of people, regardless of their
involvement in sports, be it casual jogging or a simple
recreational activity.
NUTRITION 2.0
Eat. Track. Perform.
ADELINA CHELNICIUC
LIFESTYLE
Tracking trends
The fact that people tend to adopt new and improved
nutrition habits is now becoming clear. In this context,
the need to have better clarity and focus on their habits
and results comes naturally. These are the reasons why
many people have turned towards using different
gadgets to measure their daily activities.
When it comes to nutrition, there are many tools
that people can use in order to count their calories and
even plan their diet, from simple mobile phone apps
to wearable monitors, that keep track of the calories
burned or steps taken throughout the day, in addition
to other aspects, such as heart rate or sleep quality.
Some of these gadgets even allow people to establish
their own targets, as it is well known that setting clear
goals boosts one’s motivation to take actions in order
to achieve them.
What do all these trends tell us? Are people
becoming too self-centered, too obsessed with their
physical appearance, too superficial? Not at all. This
issue has to be regarded from a totally different
perspective. Physical well-being strongly influences
one’s psychological state, in aspects such as self-
confidence, memory, mood, or even one’s ability
to concentrate. All this eventually translates into
performance, both in personal life and at work.
57SEPTEMBER 2015
Dash Smart Headphones are the world’s first wireless
smart in-ear headphones that allow you to play, track
and talk. The Dash tracks movement, like pace, steps,
cadence and distance and provides an overview of
your personal performance during a full day or a
fitness session. It can also memorize users’ goals to
produce an overview of the performance milestones
that have been met according to the established
goals. All this feedback is provided in real time, in an
acoustic way through headphones. The most brilliant
feature is that it even works without an attached
smartphone. Effectively, they are the single smallest
and most complex personal performance tracking
tool, with communications on top.
DashSmartHeadphones
it’s all in your head
NodRing
one ring to rule them all
MIHAI PACULEA
Its main purpose is to transform movements into
commands for the technological devices around
us such as: laptops, Smart TVs, and some ambient
features. It sums up a number of advantages and
wraps them all around your little finger. It can be
used for professional purposes, for example during
a presentation, to swipe slides, to start/stop it; or
everyday activities, like changing channels on your
TVs, or typing notes without even touching anything.
One of its neatest features is that with this ring, graphic
designers can improve their performance because they
are using their hands not a mouse or any other device
to create pictures and designs. And these are just a few
of the Nod Rings’ features.
GoogleLens
feast your eyes
Google developers are not only making computers
wearable and cars driverless – They are also using their
expertisetohelphealthcaredevelop,bybuildingagadget
with which diabetics can keep track of their sugar level.
The contact lens uses processors, a glucose sensor that
has been specially developed for the Google Lens and an
antenna, thinner than a human hair that communicates
the results to a device, like a smartphone. What will the
process look like? The sensor detects glucose levels in
the wearer’s tears, collecting readings once every second,
which are transmitted by an antenna to an external
device.This device could greatly increase the quality of
life for diabetics, who have to monitor their blood sugar
levels throughout the day.
SamsungGearS
complete mobility
Samsung Gear S is a fitness companion that allows
you to monitor your health, featuring enhanced multi
sensors and a built in GPS. It is designed to coach and
help motivate people that are using it during fitness
programs. It also includes some features that are not
fitness-related, like the S Voice, that literally takes
tasks off your hands, and the 24-hour News Briefing
that offers the most attractive news during the past
24 hours.
HARDWAREREVIEW
HARDWARE
A new era
dawns on our
personal life, as
our environment
is slowly but
certainly
embracing
technology.
Devices, gadgets,
apps and
appliances are all
being assimilated
in routine
activities, adding
a new dimension
to one’s daily
experience.
Although a lot of
these new devices
are labeled as
being created for
leisure and daily
assistance, all
of them can be
used to measure
performance in
our personal life
and to track the
evolution towards
the milestones
we establish for
ourselves.
SEPTEMBER 201558
• Extensive collections of the most visited KPIs on smartkpis.com, across functional areas and industries;
• Thorough analysis of each KPI according to smartKPIs.com documentation form and standards;
• Proof-of-concept of relevant KPIs, documented at best practice standards.
Explore the extensive Top KPIs series dedicated to analyzing the most popular KPIs by visiting:
http://store.kpiinstitute.org/publications.html
ReportsbyFunctionalArea ReportsbyIndustry
Best-selling Top KPIs Reports
TOP 25 KPIS REPORTS
59SEPTEMBER 2015
2013 - 2015 TOP KPIS REPORTS
ReportsbyIndustry
ReportsbyFunctionalArea
Top 25 Accounting KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Accounts Payable and Receivable KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Administration / Office Support KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Advertising KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Application Development KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Asset Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Compensation and Benefits KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Compliance and Audit Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Contract Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Corporate Travel KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 CSR KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Customer Service KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Data Center KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 eCommerce KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Efficiency and Effectiveness KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Email Marketing KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Enterprise Architecture KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Environmental Care KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Facilities Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Finance KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Forecasts & Valuation KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Governance KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 HSSE KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Human Resources KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Information Technology KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Innovation KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Inventory Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 IT Security KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Knowledge Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Legal Services KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Academic Education KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Accounting Services KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Airlines KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Airports KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Banking and Credit KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Broadcasting (TV and Radio) KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Business Consulting KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Call Center KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Civil Engineering KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Coaching / Training KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Coal and Minerals Mining KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Colleges and Universities KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Construction of Buildings KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Crops KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Customs KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Electricity KPIs of 2013-2015
Top25EmergencyResponse/AmbulanceServicesKPIsof2013-2015
Top 25 Engineering KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Event Production and Promotion KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Film and Music KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Forestry and Logging KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Healthcare KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Hospitals KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Hotel KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Insurance KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Investments KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Land Transport (Road & Rail) KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Legal Practice KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Libraries and Archives KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Livestock, Hunting and Fishing KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Local Government KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Local Public Transport KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Medical Laboratory KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Medical Practice KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Mortgages KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Museums KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Natural Gas KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 NGO KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Oil and Gas KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Pension Funds KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Ports KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Postal and Courier Services KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Preventive Healthcare KPIs of 2013-2015
Top25PrimaryandSecondarySchools/K-12KPIsof2013-2015
Top 25 Property Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Publishing KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Railways KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Real Estate Development KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Real Estate Transactions KPIs of 2013-2015
Top25Recruitment/EmploymentActivitiesKPIsof2013-2015
Top 25 Restaurant KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Retail KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Roads KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Shipping KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Social Media KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Sport Club Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Sport Event Organisation KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 State Government KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Sustainability KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Telecommunications KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Tour Operator KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Training and Other Education KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Travel Agency KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Water and Sewage KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Liquidity KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Logistics / Distribution KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Maintenance KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Marketing KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Network Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Online Advertising KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Online Publishing - Weblogs KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Portfolio Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Procurement / Purchasing KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Production KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Profitability KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Project Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Public Relations KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Quality Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 R&D KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Recruitment KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Retention KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Risk Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Sales KPIs of 2013-2015*
Top 25 Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Service Delivery KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Service Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Supply Chain Management KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Supply Chain*, Procurement, Distribution KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Talent Development KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Web Analytics KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Workforce KPIs of 2013-2015
Top 25 Working Environment KPIs of 2013-2015
SEPTEMBER 201560
SOFTWAREREVIEW
SOFTWARE
MIHAI PACULEA
What are the trends in Data Analytics?
First of all, we need to understand that this field
witnesses continuous adjustments and developments.
Decisive changes are happening in the world of
Business Intelligence (BI) and Analytics, which
include data discovery techniques, real-time data
analysis and better in-depth analysis of mature data.
Why is it happening?
In the past few years, there has been a continuous drop
in costs for data acquiring, storing and managing.
Consequently, more and more companies find it
practical and cost-efficient to apply BI and Analytics
in a lot of situations, in order to minimize the risk of
taking a bad decision.
So, where are we now in Data Analytics?
Consistent with this behavioral change among managers
and corporations, BI platforms now switch to more user-
friendly and analysis-centric solutions. To be able to
create an analysis-centric solution that would be used by
large amounts of people, the BI software platforms are
now adopting more accessible interfaces, based on many
drag and drop options and abounding in alternatives for
customizing the way data analysis is generated.
Anotherfactorthatinfluencestheevolutionofsoftware
products over the next years is clouding. The cost of
clouding information is dropping very fast and its well
known advantages (high-security level and backed-up
information) are catching the attention of BI managers’,
who start investing in the development of such solutions.
From a user’s point of view, the biggest advantage is the
possibility to access this information from anywhere,
using any laptop, without being tied to the work station.
Here are some examples of software products that
best illustrate the above mentioned trends:
What’s in store for Data Analytics?
After most of small to medium companies will have
embraced these Data Analytics trends, and large
companies will have gotten familiar with gathering
data and implementing it in a BI solution, it’s time for
the next step in achieving organizational performance.
This step will be represented by predictive analytics,
which encompass a variety of statistical techniques
from modeling, machine learning and data mining,
along with analyzing current and historical data in
order to make predictions about future events or future
behavioral patterns.
The most common types of predictive analytics are
predictive models, descriptive models and decision
models. Most managers are interested in the latter ones,
in order to better understand the potential results and
impact behind decisions and to lower the probability of
failure caused by taking a non-fact based decision.
Anotherverychallengingaspectisfindingawaytouse
unstructured information. There is a lot of unstructured
information that is now ignored by business managers
due to the time needed to structure and transform it into
data that is useful for the decision making process. This
will only happen if NoSQL technologies will improve
the way this information is structured into data, as well
as the analyzing options they provide for the final user.
Qlikview: one of the main reason Qlik became a market leader is
because of its capabilities in data discovery;
TableauSoftware:itbenefitsfromahighlyintuitive,visual-baseddata
discovery. Its dashboarding and data mashup capabilities met business
users’ expectations about what they can discover in data and sharing
possibilities, without extensive BI platforms skills or training;
IBM Software Solutions: IBM offers a complete range of enterprise-
grade BI, performance management and advanced analytics platform
capabilities;
Tibco:isknownasoneoftheearlyleadersinthefieldofdatadiscovery,
with a flexible, easy-to-use platform for user-driven information,
exploration and analysis. Another important and very strong advantage
isthecapabilityofpublishinginteractiveandvisualdashboards,building
predictive models and producing analytic applications.
This increases managers’ flexibility and, therefore, the
flexibility of the entire decision making process.
And yet, there is more in terms of increasing the
portability of software solutions. Today, most of top BI
solutions are integrating their software solutions on
platforms such as Android and iOS, as lots of managers
demand to have the data available at any moment of the
day, naturally integrated within their activities.
61SEPTEMBER 2015
5.Arts Governance: People, Passion,
Performance
by Ruth Rentschler
Saluting the emergent enterprising arts
organizations, the book brings about the importance
of performance management in a cultural context.
Based on actual research, that drafts on employing
numerous research methodologies and a large number
of data from the field, the book brings an innovative
answer to impending issues affiliated to managing and
operating an arts organizations.
Reading for performance
DENISA CALIN
1.Armstrong’sHandbookofPerformance
Management: AnEvidence-BasedGuideto
DeliveringHighPerformance
by Michael Armstrong
This addition to the Performance Management
literature represents the latest version of Michael
Armstorng’s series of handbooks. This edition brings
new light to this classical text by including the
most recent developments in managing individual
performance for driving business growth and comes
with useful tools and management practice data from
more than 150 organizations.
2.PerformanceManagementinNonprofit
Organizations:GlobalPerspectives
by Zahirul Hoque (Editor), Lee Parker (Editor)
Moving to prove that performance management
is about more than money, this book represents a
research-based resource for academics, students and
practitioners alike. Inspired from the reality of today’s
non-profit and non-governmental organizations,
which prompts for accountability and transparency,
the book focuses on current issues, designing and
implementing performance management systems
and performance management measurements for this
very particular sector.
3. The Agility Factor: Building Adaptable
Organizations for Superior Performance
by Christopher G. Worley, Thomas D. Williams
and Edward E. Lawler III
This books dives into the topic of building long-
term business profitability, uncovering what factors
drive and guarantee profitability in the long run. The
material is the result of a massive study, conducted on
over 200 large companies, which highlight agility as the
main agent for sustainable and, yes, highly profitable
long-term business endeavors. Ample examples are
provided, in the form of case studies, for helping
managers across industries turn their companies into
highly successful businesses.
4.Fundamentals of Risk Management:
Understanding, Evaluating and
Implementing Effective Risk Management
by Paul Hopkin
Launched recently, the book brings fresh knowledge
on how to take on organizational risk. Bringing
extensive descriptions, in international case studies
and examples from both the private and public sectors,
the book brings practical insights for assessing and
managing organizational risk, with implications for
improving a company’s performance and resilience.
6.The Marketing Performance
Blueprint: Strategies and Technologies to
Build and Measure Business Success
by Paul Roetzer
This new addition to the performance literature
moves to prove what can happen when science
and marketing mastery work for and with your
organization. All with a keen focus on processes, tools,
technology and strategies for helping performance-
driven organizations attain their performance goals.
1
2
3 5
4 6
RECOMMENDED
RESOURCES
SEPTEMBER 201562
positive results were visible: 74% of people applauded
the changes and there was a decrease in injuries by 63%.
Times Square is now the most frequented place in New
York, as proven by its 50 million visitors per year.
Although the documentary focuses on adopting a
“human scale” in the way cities are designed, there
are further ramifications that can be developed from
here. In the business world, recent studies have shown
that employee satisfaction and engagement, as well as
customer satisfaction are crucial to the success and
evolution of any company. The proper emphasis on
human resources within a business is a very important
performance driver.
Using a similar approach when developing business
strategies and goals may be the way to the future. A
business environment based on a “human scale” may
be beneficial in the same way cities have benefited from
it. A functional and more natural interaction between
employees and management, customers and employees
is one of the expected results. This will most likely lead
to engaged employees and satisfied customers and, as
a result, to a more productive and successful company.
The Human Scale,
a documentary
directed by
Andreas Møl
Dalsgaard,
tackles a
problematic issue
in today’s social
environment. At
the moment, 50%
of the world’s
population lives
in urban areas,
but by 2050 this
is assumed to
increase to 80%.
The end result
will be a greater
growing rate of
megalopolises.
Currently, cities are being planned with an emphasis
on highway or freeway systems, high-rise buildings
and work spaces. This approach has led to material
gains, but the costs in human interaction, happiness
and social life have not been measured, and the
consequences are noticeable on many levels. Growing
violence and insecurity. Social exclusion at an ever
greater scale. Human alienation and social phobia.
Depression and anxiety. These are the society’s most
common diseases today.
In the past 40 years, the Danish architect Jan Gehl has
studied exactly this: human behavior in large cities and
how the physical environment affects human beings on
an emotional and social level. This has lead to studies on
how human beings use the streets, how they walk, see,
rest, meet, interact in a modern day city. He answered
questions like: How many people pass this street
throughout a 24 hour period? What is the percentage of
pedestrians? How many are driving cars or bikes? How
much of the street space are various groups allowed to
use? Is this street performing well for all its users?
TheresearchmadebytheDanisharchitectwasbasedon
a quantitative analysis of the pedestrian traffic in a city
and how this is influenced by the city’s infrastructure.
His research fulminated in the planning of Denmark’s
capital, Copenhagen. The main idea was to put people
in the center of the equation, as opposed to buildings
or highway systems. Walking streets, bike paths, the
reorganization of parks, squares and other public spaces
have made Copenhagen the world’s most livable city in
2013, according to Monocle Magazine.
The documentary portrays how cities like Melbourne,
Dhaka, New York, Chongqing and Christchurch are
now also being inspired by Gehl’s work and by the
developments in Copenhagen. The most famous
example, New York, adopted this approach in 2007.
Broadway, and more especially Times Square, were the
focus of the city planners. They limited traffic in the
area, created walking spaces, bike lanes and set up areas
where people could gather to socialize and interact. The
MIHAI TOMA
THE HUMAN SCALE
RECOMMENDED
RESOURCES
Performance_Magazine_Printed_Edition_v3.2-f

More Related Content

PDF
Certified Courses 2017
PDF
Corporate Portofolio
PDF
2020 Architectural View
PDF
PDF
5 Steps to Prevent Popup Doomsday From Destroying Your Email Capture Rate
PDF
Snap Tech Brochure 2015_Low Res
PDF
Belgian leader in security surveillance chooses PRESTO KPI to digitize perfor...
PDF
Innovate with PRESTO Digital Enterprise
Certified Courses 2017
Corporate Portofolio
2020 Architectural View
5 Steps to Prevent Popup Doomsday From Destroying Your Email Capture Rate
Snap Tech Brochure 2015_Low Res
Belgian leader in security surveillance chooses PRESTO KPI to digitize perfor...
Innovate with PRESTO Digital Enterprise

What's hot (19)

PDF
PRESTO Continuous Improvement
PDF
13 steps to a fail fast fail forward work culture
PPTX
Engagement at Scale
PPTX
Apo leardership workshop ii
PPTX
Future proofing your L&D strategy
PDF
Adoption Plan Technology Products Business Organization Strategy Marketing Ma...
PPTX
Innovate your company with PRESTO Digital Enterprise
PDF
SAP SuccessFactors Education and Training Materials
PDF
Steps to build SAP SuccessFactors support model
PDF
Profile of Ashwini- General Manager- Learning & Developmenet
PDF
5 Learning Strategy Essentials for 2014
DOCX
Rohit Sud profile v1
PDF
Workwise overview sum 2011 slide share
PDF
Workwise overview summary 2011
PDF
Pex-PDFW2
PPTX
ProSim product presentation
PPTX
PMP CERTIFICATION
PPTX
3 Essential Skills for every Engineer to become an Innovation Leader in a Pro...
PRESTO Continuous Improvement
13 steps to a fail fast fail forward work culture
Engagement at Scale
Apo leardership workshop ii
Future proofing your L&D strategy
Adoption Plan Technology Products Business Organization Strategy Marketing Ma...
Innovate your company with PRESTO Digital Enterprise
SAP SuccessFactors Education and Training Materials
Steps to build SAP SuccessFactors support model
Profile of Ashwini- General Manager- Learning & Developmenet
5 Learning Strategy Essentials for 2014
Rohit Sud profile v1
Workwise overview sum 2011 slide share
Workwise overview summary 2011
Pex-PDFW2
ProSim product presentation
PMP CERTIFICATION
3 Essential Skills for every Engineer to become an Innovation Leader in a Pro...
Ad

Viewers also liked (20)

PPT
Edge consultancy inc jim rohn - build your market biz
DOC
DICHOS BASADOS EN LA BIBLIA
PPTX
Linea del tiempo
PDF
Objetivos del Milenio / Informe 2015
DOCX
1 business plan questions 2
PDF
Informe libertad de expresion en deterioro
PDF
Exequor White Paper - Stressing Over Stress Testing
PDF
Ficha proceso de curaduría de herramientas tic primera herramienta
PPT
Estudo 1a Prova Radio 2009
PPTX
HIV/Aids - Hepatite B - Hepatite C Interface com a Formação Básica em Odont...
PPT
Presentacion
PPTX
Проблема взаимосвязи «психики» и «мозга»
PPTX
«Понятие» как способ и «клеточка»
PDF
Lean in the Service Industry
PPTX
Bg kreganje-viola-2015
PDF
2 Culture, Health and Society - Basic Concepts
PPTX
Pacientes Especiais: Biossegurança e Anamnese
PDF
Getting your portfolio noticed 2016
Edge consultancy inc jim rohn - build your market biz
DICHOS BASADOS EN LA BIBLIA
Linea del tiempo
Objetivos del Milenio / Informe 2015
1 business plan questions 2
Informe libertad de expresion en deterioro
Exequor White Paper - Stressing Over Stress Testing
Ficha proceso de curaduría de herramientas tic primera herramienta
Estudo 1a Prova Radio 2009
HIV/Aids - Hepatite B - Hepatite C Interface com a Formação Básica em Odont...
Presentacion
Проблема взаимосвязи «психики» и «мозга»
«Понятие» как способ и «клеточка»
Lean in the Service Industry
Bg kreganje-viola-2015
2 Culture, Health and Society - Basic Concepts
Pacientes Especiais: Biossegurança e Anamnese
Getting your portfolio noticed 2016
Ad

Similar to Performance_Magazine_Printed_Edition_v3.2-f (20)

PDF
TKI-Corporate-Presentation
PDF
Performance appraisal (MBA summer training project) (Report File)
PPTX
Partnering with Workday on Your Skills Transformation Journey
PDF
Performance_Magazine_Printed_Edition_Cameron_Mirza
PDF
The Five Most Important KPIs for Services Companies
PDF
pManifold_Introduction_Overall_20120508
DOCX
Meredith L Hill Resume
PDF
The Power of Infographics for AEC Marketers
PDF
DigiLEAF Portfolio
PDF
NUS-ISS Job Placement and Professional Conversion Programmes (PCP) (for Emplo...
PDF
Continuous improvement for small businesses - software-as-a-service
PDF
Workwise overview summary 2011
PDF
Workwise overview sum 2011 slide share
PPT
Balanced Scorecard Presentation
PDF
Professional Service Performance Acceleration
PPTX
Methodologies 1: Managing Agile Projects
PDF
Omega Performance Case Study
PPTX
APEXA Corporate Presentation Final2
DOCX
Vineeth_CV_V1.6_2016
TKI-Corporate-Presentation
Performance appraisal (MBA summer training project) (Report File)
Partnering with Workday on Your Skills Transformation Journey
Performance_Magazine_Printed_Edition_Cameron_Mirza
The Five Most Important KPIs for Services Companies
pManifold_Introduction_Overall_20120508
Meredith L Hill Resume
The Power of Infographics for AEC Marketers
DigiLEAF Portfolio
NUS-ISS Job Placement and Professional Conversion Programmes (PCP) (for Emplo...
Continuous improvement for small businesses - software-as-a-service
Workwise overview summary 2011
Workwise overview sum 2011 slide share
Balanced Scorecard Presentation
Professional Service Performance Acceleration
Methodologies 1: Managing Agile Projects
Omega Performance Case Study
APEXA Corporate Presentation Final2
Vineeth_CV_V1.6_2016

Performance_Magazine_Printed_Edition_v3.2-f

  • 2. © 2015 The KPI Institute Ltd. All Rights Reserved. ID Number: TKI0151031 ISBN: 978-1517155827 An appropriate citation for this magazine is: The KPI Institute, Performance Magazine, no. 1, September, 2015, Melbourne, Australia Indemnity statement The KPI Institute has taken due care in preparing the analysis contained in this publication. However, noting that some of the data used for the analysis has been provided by third parties, The KPI Institute gives no warranty to the accuracy, reliability, fitness for purpose, or otherwise of the information. The KPI Institute shall have no liability for errors, omissions, or inadequacies in the information contained herein or for interpretations thereof. The opinions expressed herein are subject to change without notice. Published by: The KPI Institute Life.lab Building 198 Harbour Esplanade, Suite 606 Melbourne Docklands, VIC 3008, Australia Telephone Headquarters: +61 3 9028 2223 Middle East Division: +971 4 311 6556 European Division: +40 3 6942 6935 South East Asia Division: +60 3 2742 1357 E-mail: office@kpiinstitute.org www.kpiinstitute.org INDEMNITYSTATEMENT
  • 3. SEPTEMBER 20152 EDITOR’S NOTE NEWS EVENTS COVER STORY INTERVIEWS Alan Thomson André de Waal Rahul deo Gupta Tor Bøe-Lillegraven Rick Edgeman PORTRAIT AROUND THE WORLD India Abu Dhabi Malaysia Australia ARTICLES Strategy Customer Satisfaction KPI Organizational Performance Balanced Scorecard Individual Performance Data Analysis Risk Management Operational Performance Innovation Personal Performance Data Visualization Benchmarking ASK THE EXPERTS LIFESTYLE HARDWARE SOFTWARE RECOMMENDED RESOURCES 3 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 22 26 26 28 30 32 34 34 36 37 38 40 42 43 44 46 47 48 50 52 54 56 57 60 61 AROUND THE WORLDINTERVIEWS PORTRAIT 22 2611 CONTENTS
  • 4. 3SEPTEMBER 2015 EDITORIAL COORDINATION Aurel Brudan CEO, The KPI Institute Adrian Brudan General Manager TKI – EMEA Adelina Chelniciuc Head of Publishing & Media Diana Zărnescu Senior Editor & Publisher Denisa Călin Senior Editor & Publisher EDITORIAL TEAM Cristina Tărâţă Head of Research Programs Andreea Vecerdea Head of Strategy and Performance Oana Gavril Project Manager for SE Asia Region Mihai Toma Head of Professional Practice TKI MENA Mihai Păculea Head of Digital Marketing Andrada-Iulia Gheţe Head of Innovation Paul Albu Senior Business Research Specialist Marcela Presecan Business Research Specialist Ramona Gligorea Talent Development Specialist GUEST WRITERS Manuel Hila Maria Desmons-Macrea DESIGN Design coordination Daniela Fajardo Senior Graphic Design Specialist Design team Javier Rocha Head of Graphic Design After more than one year of resounding success, the time has come for PERFORMANCE Magazine to move closer to the professional readership by integrating the best content published online, alongside exclusive materials, into its printed counterpart. Encompassing The KPI Institute’s experienceandresearch,PERFORMANCE Magazine–PrintedEditionwillprovideits readershipwithfirst-handhow-to,resourcesandinsightsfrompractice,soas to assist them in their performance endeavors and in becoming state-of-the artprofessionals. Shippeddirectlytoyou,thisquarterlypublicationembedsexhaustive analysis on various topics related to performance management, by offering expert interviews, extensive research studies, concept presentations, insights from practice, alongside software or hardware reviews, and educational resources recommendations. The accelerated evolution of performance-related practices and tools, together with their utility in multiple functional areas and industries, have influenced us to expand our areas of expertise, along with our portfolio of services. Now, PERFORMANCE Magazine offers exclusive access to an excerpt of our expertise and research, through well-documented, yet easy-to-read articles on a large range of topics. Featured in every edition, there will be interviews with renowned experts in the field of performance management, compliments of our editorial team’s participation in multiple performance-related events all around the world. An extra feature is that each issue includes details about one preeminent expert in the field, pointing to their performance initiatives in both personal lives, and professional endeavors. Gain insights into public sector implementation processes from various countries and nations, as each edition will feature extensive analyses on the subject, documented by our Business Research Specialists. Also, best practices, alongside the latest trends, will be offered for a wide variety of performance-related sub-domains, from Strategy to KPIs and from Customer Service to Innovation performance. Not least, the magazine will feature recommended resources for professionals interested in combining leisure and professional development, such as books and documentaries. We are always interested in gaining insights from practitioners activating in the performance management field. If you are interested in becoming a Guest Editor, or having your interview featured in our magazine.contact us at: performance@kpiinstitute.org Get inspired by discovering successful performance endeavors, combine leisure with highly useful, educational reading, gain a performance-oriented approach to both organizational and personal life and stay up-to-date with the latest developments in the field, now both in online and in print! Adelina Chelniciuc. Head of Publishing & Media. The KPI Institute EDITOR’SNOTE STAFF
  • 5. SEPTEMBER 20154 Americas Brazil Canada Mexico USA Europe Austria Romania UK Africa Morocco Nigeria South Africa Australia China India Indonesia Malaysia Singapore Middle East Bahrain Egypt Kuwait Oman Qatar Saudi Arabia Turkey UAE Scheduled Courses in 2015 COUNTRIESCERTIFICATION TRAINING COURSES IN 25 Year of establishment # Years spent on researching performance best practice 2004 organization Research education 11 # KPI examples published on smartKPIs.com # Organizations assisted through smartKPIs.com # Education programs delivered 20,475 28,000 4 228 # Open training courses delivered # In-house training courses delivered 115 113 # Client organizations 614 # Professionals trained # Training days delivered 3,400 554 25 For more details: store.kpiinstitute.org
  • 6. 5SEPTEMBER 2015 Thetwo-dayinteractiveprogramwillhelp you understand personal performance, by explaining the benefits and clarifying the process of measuring it. It focuses on identifying ways to boost your performanceoutsideworkinghours. Participants will not only understand the importance and implementation phases for the Customer Service Excellence standards, but they will also be given the necessary tools to implement it internally andmeasureitsimpactexternally. Attendees will gain exposure to best practices and key concepts and will learn how to establish and use criteria for performance evaluations, from implementation to improvement and maintenance of the company’s employee performancemanagementsystem. Participants’skillsinmanagingsupplier performance and developing a strategic approach to procurement will be developedbyenablingtheidentification of performance gaps and implementing action agreements with suppliers. This course offers insights and best practices for improving performance in different scenarios, from data analysis and reporting, decision making and initiative management, to building a performance culture. Benchmarking methodological uniqueness is represented by the identification and analysis of the processes that lead to a superior performance of a company, offering the opportunity to compare an organization’s performance against industrycompetitors. The course will help improve the business planning process and long- term organizational performance, through the use of strategic planning tools that will ultimately lead to smarter and quicker strategic decisions. An exclusive framework that provides insightsoneffectivevisualcommunication, through a rigorous approach to creating visual representations of vast information, techniques of standardization and tailored datavisualizationtools. This program is meant to improve the practical skills in working with KPIs and developing instruments like scorecards and dashboards. Participants will acquire a soundframeworktomeasureKPIs,starting from the moment they are selected, until resultsarecollectedinperformancereports. Attendants will understand through practicallearninghowtoeffectivelycollect, analyze and interpret data by enabling managers/analysts to draw insights from both quantitative and qualitative data, based on historical statistics and trend analysis. Certified Personal Performance Professional Certified Customer Service Performance Professional CertifiedEmployeePerformanceManagementProfessional Certified Supplier Performance Professional Certified Performance Improvement Professional Certified Benchmarking Professional CertifiedStrategyandBusinessPlanningProfessional Certified Data Visualization Professional Certified KPI Professional Certified Data Analysis Professional To browse through our upcoming training courses and select the solution that best addresses your personal and professional objectives we recommend you visit: http://store.kpiinstitute.org/scheduled-courses THE KPI INSTITUTE’S PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS To browse through our upcoming training courses and select the solution that best addresses your personal and professional objectives visit our online Store. store.kpiinstitute.org/scheduled-courses
  • 7. SEPTEMBER 20156 Researchers from the University of South Australia have recently developed a system that should monitor the athletes’ heart rate, in order to determine how well they recover from training. This technology could be used for the Australian representative team at the 2016 Summer Olympics from Rio de Janeiro, according to ABC Online. This also becomes a good risk assessment tool as, by indicating the athletes who have not properly recovered from training, it can prevent injuries. Also, as Professor Jon Buckley, director of the Alliance for Research in Exercise, Nutrition and Activity at the University of South Australia declared for ABC Online, being able to measure the players’ rate of recovery could help in implementing a customized training regime, in improving the team performance and the game strategy. The system, patented by University of South Australia, is developed in collaboration with the South Australian Sports Institute and a Finnish heart rate monitor company. Recent findings shared by the CIPD Employee Outlook tracker pointed out that 44% of employees do not relate to their organization’s objectives and do not feel that they work towards achieving a specific goal or objective. The other 56%, however, said that, by having an objective, their performance at work increases and might help them advance in their careers. The results of this bi-annual report also > Australia’s Olympic team might get a touch of measurement for Rio 2016 > The Customer Experience Management Market will grow with roughly $ 5 billion by 2019 > Improving patient care by reporting performance > No objective to work towards? Over 40% of employees say so NEWS NEWS show that employees’ preferences revolve around performance feedback, more specificallyindividualfeedbackofferedmore frequently than once a year. CIPD’sEmployeeOutlookreportcompiles theresponsesof2,226employeesfromvarious industries and organizations to extract views upontheplacestheyworkfor,theircolleagues andsuperiors,aswellasupontheperformance management systems implemented. Customer Experience Management (CEM) is becoming very popular, due to the analytical tools used to process and analyze customer feedback, and more and more companies have started investing in such solutions, according to the market research company MarketsandMarkets. As stated in their report, “Customer Experience Management Market (VOC Analytics, Feedback Management, Web Analytics, Text Analytics, Speech Analytics) - Advanced Technologies, Touch Points, Adoption Trends, Market Size & Forecasts (2014 – 2019)”, the industry is forecasted to grow from $3.77 billion in 2014 to $8.39 billion in 2019. CEM is an aggregation of processes, based on a wide variety of technologies that aim at gathering customer feedback, understanding their expectations and improving the overall customer experience through different touch points. Another segment of the market report details Customer Relationship Management (CRM) as the strategy of managing and nurturing a company’s interactions with its clients. The CRM application manages sales activities, marketing and customer services by using data management, business intelligence and analytical tools. More and more hospitals include performance data on publicly reported measures into their annual goals, as stated by Infection Control Today (ICT). According to ICT, public reporting programs are a part of a strategy that the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) implemented in order to improve outcomes for hospitalized patients and to encourage improvement efforts. 70% of the assessed hospitals agreed that “public reporting stimulates the quality improvement activity” in terms of mortality, readmission, process and patient experience measures, according to ICT. However, as stated by the same source, 45.7% to 58.6% percent of hospital leaders were concerned that focusing on publicly reported quality measures could lead to neglecting the other important topics. Another common concern is that hospital employees would adopt a negative behavior in order to show improvement instead of actually taking measures. freeimages.com
  • 8. 7SEPTEMBER 2015 All chief district police officers (OCPD) are likely to implement a Key Performance Indicator(KPI)tomeasuretheeffectiveness of their measures for fighting illegal cyber gambling, as the Home Minister Dato’ Seri Dr. Ahmad Zahid Hamidi recently declared for the Malaysian newspaper The Star Online. The introduction of such a KPI is part of the measures taken in order to deal with this problem, which affects the entire nation, along with initiatives such as a tactical squad of 200 officers that, starting from December, will conduct raids in order to prevent illegal cyber gambling. Also, 53 online gambling websites were identified and blocked. OCPDs are not the only Malaysian public organization that will be assessed by using KPIs until the end of this year. According to The Star Online, the political party Umno will also be evaluated, in terms of progress, by using KPIs at both divisional and branch level. The Australian Pipeline Industry Association(APIA)hasrecentlydeveloped an increased focus in understanding and managing the impacts of fatigue on employees’ physical and cognitive performance. The risks that fatigue presents to the pipeline industry were compiled by APIA in their “Fatigue Risk Management Guidelines”. Through these Guidelines, APIA encourages members to implement Fatigue Risk Management Systems (FRMS), which should include a systematic approach to risk management, training for workers, as well as policies and procedures The use of performance information for various management activities and decision making in US agencies has decreased over the last few years, according to a recently released report, compiled by the Government Accountability Office. In order to evaluate the implementation of the GPRA Modernization Act of 2010, GAO compiled an index derived from a set of questions, extracted from the most recent surveys (2007 and 2013) and used statistical analysis to identify practices that are significantly related to the use of the performance information index. According to GAO, government-wide, theuseofperformancedatahasdecreasedin theperiod2007-2013.Outofthe24assessed entities, 6 have experienced statistically Qlik has recently launched its first device- independent, self-service visualization tool, which allows users to create customized data analyses in order to have an instant overview of the results and connections that appear. Qlik Sense is an intuitive analytics tool that enables the generation of personalized > Preventing illegal cyber gambling with KPIs in Kuala Lumpur > New risk management guidelines for APIA >TowhatextentareUSgovernmentalagenciesusingperformance data today? > Qlik’s new Business Intelligence tool reports and dynamic dashboards to explore vast amounts of data. Relationships between data dimensions are presented in Smart Visualizations and can be discovered by using the Smart Search function. Qlik Sense also allows the creation of visualizations through a user friendly drag-and-drop function. tosupportthefatiguemanagementstrategy. According to APIA’s guidelines, a FRMS should contain: a fatigue risk management policy, hours of work monitoring, fatigue risk management processes, fatigue management training and education for employees, management and families, a fatigue reporting system for employees, sleep disorder management, fatigue incident investigation, as well as internal and external auditing and safety assurance processes. APIA is the peak body representing Australasia’s pipeline infrastructure, with a focus on gas transmission. significant changes. Only 2 agencies have shown a significantly increasing trend (the Office of Personnel Management and the Department of Labor), while within agencies such as the Department of Veterans Affairs, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, the Department of Energy and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, the use of performance data has significantly decreased throughout the last 6 years. Another important finding was the connection between the use of performance information and engagement: the agencies whose managers reported a great engagement in these practices have also experienced increases in terms of using performance information. NEWS freeimages.com freeimages.com freeimages.com
  • 9. SEPTEMBER 20158 EVENTSEVENTS SEPTEMBER 9th - 11th, 2015 HOTEL JW MARRIOTT KUALA LUMPUR AND KPIS FORUM he first week of the fall season brought forth the Performance Improvement and KPIs Forum which took place between September 9th and 11th, in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. Whatmakesthiseventspecialisthatitrepresentsthefirst of its kind to be organized within the Asia Pacific region, with a special focus centered on cutting-edge solutions for business improvement. Regional thought leaders teamed-up with international businessexpertstoshare,teachandlearnthenewdirections of the contemporary organizational world, alongside the most appropriate tools and processes that allow experts to manage and improve the corporate dimensions. The3daysoftheeventwerebuiltupon3mainactivitypillars: Keynote presentations whereleadersintheirdomainrevealedbestpractices,asthey have come to regards them; Successful case studies whereexpertsdetailedonthespecificphasesofimplementing functional performance measurement systems; Networking sessions and panel discussions where interaction and sharing were the main mediums for gathering information about strategy implementations and reviewing. The most extensive part of the event consisted in the presentations delivered by over a dozen speakers, each of them experts and leaders in their respective business domains. 60+ participants 14+ keynote presentation and panel discussions 12+ speakers and panelists 3 days 1 report launch
  • 10. 9SEPTEMBER 2015 EVENTS The majority of keynote speakers live and work in Malaysia, and can thus be considered as accustomed to the culture and business environment specific to the ASEAN professional world. From Human Resources specialists, such as ShazmiAli, to Talent and Organizational Development experts represented by Mei Lynn Chan, Monir Azzouzi, or Wan Erzin Sazli, to Productivity & Quality Management leaders like Abdul Wahab Hassan and Chief Financial Officers such as Haris Aziz and Aiza Azreen, who is the ChiefStrategyandTransformationOfficerat a leading Malaysian bank, all brought forth valuable insights from within their practice domains, openly sharing experiences that peers can use to enhance their knowledge and expertise. An outer-regional perspective was brought by speakers who came to the Performance Improvement and KPIs Forum from as far as Australia namely, David Vandervlist, the Assistant Director of Strategic Planning, from the United Arab Emirates, represented by the Managing Director of The KPI Institute in the region, Teodora Gorski, two preeminent Human Resources and Talent Development specialists, who both came from Singapore: May-Lene Tan, HR Head, and Caroline Palmstedt, Regional Talent Development Lead and, last but not least, The KPI Institute’s own CEO, Aurel Brudan. The topics tackled within the three-day conferenceallsoughtbusinessimprovement practices. Thus, from KPI selection, Balanced Scorecard System, analytics and KPI software, to less technical topics such as talent development, organizational effectiveness and maintaining increased performance levels, all were comprised in multiple presentations that ensured a full palette of business improvement solutions for all participants present at the event. The two workshops scheduled for the ThefirstAsia PacificForum dedicatedto promoting cuttingedge solutionsfor yourbusiness improvement! last day of the event engaged participants in the selections and target setting process for KPIs and in the activity of aligning and building a performance-oriented culture as two essential phases of Performance Improvement. Included in between the presentations, several special events diversified the event’s procedures with panel discussions on the essentials of being a high performer, the importance of alignment, both discussions being complemented by the launch of the Performance Improvement in ASEAN 2015 report. Thus, 3 days dedicated to performance improvement have ended swiftly, but not without results as all participants admitted to the benefits of having and maintaining a constant contact with a panel of same- minded specialists, environment that only events of this kind can offer.
  • 11. SEPTEMBER 201510 These five key words represent some valuable drivers that, if correctly and constantly implemented, can help you build an organizational culture oriented towards performance. Give it time and thought and, eventually, this endeavor will provide a productive and positive working environment. “Reward” performance! It is not enough to measure the progress, you must take actions and reward good results. Rewards do not necessarily have to be financial bonuses, they can also consist of nonfinancial nudges, such as tickets to the movies, a golden star, a celebration with colleagues. Rewarding should not take place only when you conduct performance evaluations, but also each time someone does something good, and it can be as simple as an acknowledgement of their achievement. FIVE STEPS TO BUILDING A SUSTAINABLE PERFORMANCE CULTURE Engage. Stimulate. Train. Reward. Energize. CRISTINA TARÂTA Engageyouremployees!Engagementisreflectedinthediscretionaryeffortanemployee is willing to put into his work. This goes beyond the feeling of satisfaction and motivation, and research has shown it yields a significant impact on productivity, employee turnover and customer satisfaction. Engagement happens when employees clearly understand what is expected from them and how success looks like, when they are given the tools to do their job right, when they have a certain degree of autonomy and when they trust and respect the organization’s purpose and leadership. Stimulate employees, by using gamification – the inclusion of game elements into the working environment. By designing all sorts of contests between departments and teams, employees are motivated to perform better, to “win the game”. Competitiveness is part of human nature and, if adequately coordinated, it can bring forth the best in people. Train your staff, therefore provide them with the instruments they need to improve their competencies. After you have set clear performance expectations, you must ensure that your staff has opportunities to learn, grow and become better employees, and training is a good tool for addressing these needs. It also shows employees that they are being supported in order to achieve their objectives. Energize, by constantly activating all of the above elements and understanding that these are not one time events, but rather a never ending cycle. Influencing or changing the organizational culture is not easy and the outcomes are not immediate. On the contrary, benefits become palpable in the long run. The entire purpose of building a performance culture is to ensure employees are more productive, more creative and more dedicated to their jobs and to the organization. COVER STORY
  • 12. 11SEPTEMBER 2015 Managing Director Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services Company AssociateProfessorofStrategicManagement attheMaastrichtSchoolofManagement Corporate Head of Strategy, Planning, Operational Excellence, Abunayyan Head of CCI Business, Consulting Professor of Sustainability & Enterprise Performance, ICOA, Aarhus University Alan Thomson André de Waal Rahul Deo Gupta Tor Bøe-Lillegraven Rick Edgeman INTERVIEWS INTERVIEWS
  • 13. SEPTEMBER 201512 Alan Thomson Managing Director Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services Company, UAE Being present at the 2014 edition of the Strategy Leaders Forum, held in Dubai, the PERFORMANCE Magazine team was privy to valuable insights on the latest thoughts and trends in strategy formulation and execution, organizational performance and business excellence. Our correspondent, present at the event, caughtupwithAlanThomson,theManaging DirectorattheAbuDhabiSewerageServices Company. In his interview, he discussed the link between strategic planning and performance management, the recent improvements he has observed in the field and some handy, experience based ways of overcoming performance management challenges and establishing a performance oriented corporate culture. 1. What does the term Performance Management mean to you? Performance management means doing the job you do, but doing it better. It means exploring and understanding the processes that you follow, walking through the processes, even re-engineering them and then evaluating where you have gone with your exercise, if you have improved your performance through measurement. The measures have to reflect very closely what your business focuses on. But basically, it is about doing the job you do, but doing it better. 2. What is the relation between Strategic Planning and Performance Management? The relation is very close. Performance management has to have a plan in order to help you improve. If you don’t know, if you don’t understand what you are doing, then it is very difficult to know if you have improved or if you have gone back. By implementing a strategic plan, you have a better understanding of what your objectives are. Strategic planning will guide you and provide a framework for you to improve your work, your business and your service delivery. 3. How do you see the disciplines of strategy and PM in your geographical area today? I work in the Middle East and I would say it is improving. There is much more awareness now. Nine years ago, people didn’t recognize that we had customers. They were consumers or users, now we have customers. And this is a big step, although it soundssmall.Now,weareawarethatpeople should value your services, so the services should be good and according to their expectations. The Abu Dhabi government is very constructive and supportive in pushing good strategic management and performance through the government industries, and we are one of these utilities which is essential for the growth of UAE, and this had been recognized by the government and supported not only in terms of their reactions and governmental administrative support, but also with financial support. 4. Which are the main challenges organizations face in developing strategy and managing performance? One of the main challenges is the change of directions, so external or third parties, such as government, new legislations which impact very dramatically on the work that we do. So, in order to manage ourselves well we have to build flexibility, and this flexibility enables us to review quickly what we are doing, with the support of government agencies, and to appropriately redirect what we need to do to accommodate the new legislation or the changes the government imposes. The link between government and businesses is very short in Abu Dhabi. Something that is decided in the government circle quickly impacts on businesses, so we have to be very aware of the political situation, both with small and large “p”, so both government and people related politics, and we have to understandwhatthegovernment’spriorities are, and that they can change, because the world is a changing place. I think the main challenge is the external change, and how to integrate that into your strategy so that your strategy doesn’t go in one direction, when the government wants you to go in other direction. 5. What advice would you give to practitioners working in this field, for overcoming these challenges? I would say don’t have anything fixed forever! You have to look, listen and be very attentive to the changes that happen. By doing that you can embrace the changes, understand whatthedirectionsareandalter thedirectionofyourbusinesstohelpdeliver what the government is looking for. So my advice is always don’t be too strict about your strategy, because it can change and it will change. 6.Whichweretherecentachievements ingeneratingvaluefromperformance management in your organization? We have got a program management exercise, a program management office which we put in place to deliver a strategic investment over our business, and that Performance management means doing the job you do, but doing it better. It means exploring and understanding the processes that you follow, walking through the processes, even re-engineering them and then evaluating where you have gone with your exercise, if you have improved your performance through measurement. INTERVIEWS
  • 14. 13SEPTEMBER 2015 has been a big success. We branded it, and the brand traveled across the globe. It has been highly successful, very well-known and noticed by all the involved parties, the stakeholders, government – we had visits from senior government people to help the launch of this program – this has increased the awareness on the importance and utility, on why is it important for Abu Dhabi’s growth to have this kind of services in place, and this all has been done through strategic planning: the evaluation of where we are and where we need to be and how we can close the gap between the starting point and where we need to be with Abu Dhabi’s growth and development over the next 25-30 years. 7. What would you recommend as an approach for building a performance oriented culture? I think you have to engage your colleagues. You need the buy-in from everybody that is working with you, they cannot see it as extra work. As busy as they are, they might think that another initiative will be a burden or more work load. So you have to get them engaged and help them recognize that this will help them deliver their work rather than stop them from moving forward. We do that by good communication. We use multiple forms of communication, whether it is our website, email, meetings, word of mouth, messages on our text system, and of course formal meetings to launch and review strategies on an annual or bi-annual basis. By doing that, we get the employees engaged. But we also have to get stakeholders engaged and we have an exercise when we go to our stakeholders, have interviews or meetings with them and try to understand what their frustrations are. By listening to them, we can hopefully improve our internal processes. André de Waal Associate Professor of Strategic Management at the Maastricht School of Management, Netherlands During the 2014 PMA Conference, held in Aarhus, Denmark, our editors were able to access valuable insights from some of the most highly skilled and experienced aca- demics and practitioners in the field of Per- formance Management. Here, the PERFORMANCE Magazine team got the opportunity to connect with André de Waal, Associate Professor of Strategic Management at the Maastricht School of Management (Netherlands) and get his insights on the current state of the perfor- mance management field and his thoughts on the future of the discipline. 1. Which are the main challenges that organizations face today in implementing Performance Management systems? The main challenge is discipline, when companies decide to actually do performance management. If you talk to bothtopandmiddlemanagement,whatyou hear is that their agendas are full, they have so much on their plate and this is not a thing they need to do. You have to think, first of all, what this will bring to the organization, what is the added value, and if you decide it is very important, then do it and stick with it, because if you don’t stick with it, performance management will not give you its true benefits. 2. What are the 2014 key trends in Performance Management? In this conference, I have heard a lot about sustainability. I am not sure if this is a key trend.Ithinkaverycleartrendisrepresented by High Performance Organizations, which involve sustainability, but it is the sustainability of performance, which is something else. What organizations are dealing with is getting out of the recession, regainingandsurpassingtheirperformance, gettingonahighlevelandstayingthere.This means that a second trend is motivating people in this new era of social media. How do you keep them interested? Can you do this with the rigid performance management system or you have to find a more flexible way? 3. If you are to give three pieces of advicetocompaniesonhowtomanage theirperformance,whatwouldtheybe? Thefirstonewouldbetocreateabigpicture. Create a vision of what your company could be. And here I come back to High Performance Organizations, because everyonewantstoachievehighperformance. But what does it actually mean? Paint me a picture, let’s say for 3-5 years from now, how will your company look like? Only then you can start thinking what your role should be inthereandhowperformancemanagement can help you create this High Performance Organization.Theinterestingthing,andthis goes back to your previous question, is that this becomes inspiration, because people will say “Why do I need to use performance management?”, but then they realize “Wait, if it is a great technique to help me become an HPO I’ll do it, no questions asked”. 4. Which companies would you recommend to be looked at due to their particular approach to Performance Management and their subsequent results? This is a difficult question, because as soon as you call a company high performant it goes down again. However, I would say You have to think, first of all, what this will bring to the organization, what is the added value, and if you decide it is very important, then do it and stick with it, because if you don’t stick with it, performance management will not give you its true benefits. INTERVIEWS
  • 15. SEPTEMBER 201514 Ziggo. It is a cable company which used to call themselves an LPO (Low Performance Organization). About four or five years ago they were crucified on business televisions because they were so bad and they had received many complaints. They started to work with HPOs, they implemented a performance management system and they are now the best performing cable company of Netherlands and probably of Europe: highest profitability, highest client satisfaction, highest employee satisfaction. Why? Because they painted the picture of how the company could be. They did not even call it HPO, they called it HPZ (High PerformanceZiggo),andtheystartedasking all the people in the organization “How are you going to help us create this HPZ?” So I think Ziggo is an excellent example. They are now merging with UPC, as UPC is also interested in becoming an HPO. 5. How can an organization ensure it has an efficient approach to Performance Management? We now know many things about the structural instruments we can use. The Balanced Scorecard, the Performance Prism, andtherearealsotoolsforsustainabilitynow. I firmly believe in the behavioral sciences. People are very difficult. If you could just take a mold and implement it, there would be no problem. If you want to ensure a good approach, spend a lot of time with your people,spendalotoftimeonthewbehavioral factors,gettoknowwhatisimportantintheir behavior and how you can influence that behavior. It is better to implement a system that is not perfect, but with excellent people, rather than the other way around. 6. What do you think of the emerging trend of using personal performance measurement tools? I believe it is a nice idea, because if you look at the term performance management and at the use of performance indicators you get “indicators of your performance”, so when using these tools you get some indications on your health, sport performance and so on. But as my grandmother used to say, if it is “too”, it is not good. So if you use them too much,thereisaproblem.Sometimes,people measure everything and do not have time to live anymore. So use them in moderation. And it is nice, because you can make the analogy with the organization, it is the same thing.Usethesetoolswithmoderation,don’t measureeverything,don’tspend100%ofthe time on this, just look at the indicators, base your decisions on them, look at the results and change your actions if needed. Rahul Deo Gupta Corporate Head of Strategy, Planning, Operational Excellence, Abunayyan, KSA Through The KPI Institute’s presence at the 2014 edition of the Strategy Leaders Forum, held in Dubai, the PERFROMANCE Magazine team was privy to valuable insights and had first hand access to the latest thoughts and trends in strategy formulation and execution, organizational performance and business excellence. Our correspondent, present at the event, caught up with internationally acclaimed business leaders and senior strategy professionals in a set of interviews that brought up inspiration and experienced advice on developing and executing competitive and sustainable business growth strategies. One of the valuable opinions on strategic planning and performance management camefromRahulDeoGupta,theCorporate HeadofStrategy,PlanningandOperational Excellence at Abunayyan. 1. What does the term Performance Management mean to you? Performance Management is actually about aligning everything, from the strategy right to the performance of the people, so you are aligning each and every person in the organization to the strategy, and this is what performance management means. Sometimes people think performance management is all about money and the bonus part. Yes, it is a part of this as well, but the bigger part is aligning everything from top to bottom. 2. What is the relation between Strategic Planning and Performance Management? Once you have the strategy, you have objectives and Key Value Drivers, the areas in which you need to excel, you measure those ones. Measuring means there has to be an owner for those measures. So you connect everything in the PMS with those measures. And, again, as it cascades down you have all the people aligned to that and they are measured against that. This is one part of it. The other part is the “how”. How do you achieve your objectives, how do you excel and theinitiativesyouhaveforthat.Of course, there will be broad initiatives and milestones, so you will have the ownership of the milestone and the ownership of the initiative as well. All these things link and you get a total alignment, and that is how the strategy and performance management actually work. 3. How do you see the disciplines of strategy and performance managementinyourgeographicalarea today? First of all, I will talk of the Kingdom of Sometimes, people think performance management is all about money and the bonus part. Yes, it is a part of this as well, but the bigger part is aligning everything from top to bottom. INTERVIEWS
  • 16. 15SEPTEMBER 2015 Saudi Arabia, where I come from as of now. Here, performance Management is still in the early stages of development. Many organizations have gone a long way in that, so they have tied up everything, the bonuses and the performance of the individuals, but Iwouldsaythathowyoutackleperformance management is also important. Measuring if the target is 100 or 500 is not the only thing that you get from it. So the approach towards this needs refining all across the country now. There are circumstances that will help you achieve your targets or not. So how do we take care of that? How do you look at the initiatives management, from the performancepointofview?Theseareaspects that could be improved. So this is now the state of performance management in KSA. However, 17 years of my career were in India. There, I feel that performance management has evolved and is now at a very, very mature state. So it is like performance management is a given. This is the difference between the two countries I have worked in. 4. Which are the main challenges organizations face in developing strategy and managing performance? First of all, in strategy, in the context of Saudi Arabia, most organizations have evolved in an opportunistic manner. We can say their strategy was opportunistic. After the second and third generation of family owners have taken over, now there are strategies in place, people say “No” to certain things, like moving from the steel industry to food or something else. My organization did that, because there was an opportunity, now we look at some other options. We realized which our core competencies are and we decided to take a look at that. The challenge here is in making the senior management say no to these things and to get buy-in from the top. Especially when you have family businesses. The focus used to be “what is goodforthefamilyisgoodforthebusiness”, but now it has changed to “what is good for the business is good for the family”. Also, before the accent was on family owned – family managed businesses, but people realized they do not have the capabilities, so now we’re talking about family owned – best managed businesses. People like us were hired to do this. So I think these are the challenges many organizations face. In performance management, again, another challenge is that companies, at least inKSA,don’tlookontheircompaniesonthe long term, they think about the short term, unlike India. If you think on the long term, this might help in the employee retention and give people a holistic long term view of the whole performance management of the company. 5. What advice would you give to practitioners working in this field for overcoming these challenges? The first one is the help from the top management, be it the CEO, president or owner. He should have 100% buy-in, 110% buy-in if possible. So the top management needs to be educated. He needs to set the correct tone to everybody. The way he presents these tools makes or breaks the whole thing. Also, he should have the right team on board, both in terms of capabilities and mind set. 6.Whichweretherecentachievements in generating value from performance management in your organization? I can narrate a few. Before we implemented a performance management system, everyone was doing what they wanted. Then, we have strategically defined each employee’s perimeter of action, so the first, very important thing is that we eliminated the competencies overlap. Secondly, the performance of the organization as a whole has increased, because there is a big deal of alignment, which means people know what initiatives to take against what is measured, so they are really focused. The 80-20 rule applies – they are focusing 20% of their resources or efforts to get 80% of the results. So there is a high focus. These are the most important two advantages of using a performance management system. 7. What would you recommend as an approach for building a performance oriented culture? As we could say, culture eats strategy for breakfast, so culture is very, very important. Again, I would strongly recommend an approach from the very top. The tone set by the top management, not just the owner or president or CEO, but the entire leadership team, can make or break the culture. If I am really convinced, I can say “Yes, this is what we should do”, while if I am not convinced I will say “If somebody else told you, please do it”, so the difference comes from communication things. Communication playsavitalroleinbuildingtheculture,right from the top, where it should start. There is no such thing as over-communication. This is one part. The other part is the leadership, when it comes to not walking the talk – I say something, but I do something else. This totally destroys the culture. So leaders should walk the talk. These are some pieces of advice that I could give. As we could say, culture eats strategy for breakfast, so culture is very, very important. Again, I would strongly recommend an approach from the very top. The tone set by the top management, not just the owner or president or CEO, but the entire leadership team, can make or break the culture. INTERVIEWS
  • 17. SEPTEMBER 201516 Tor Bøe-Lillegraven, Head of CCI Business Consulting, Denmark Present at the 2014 PMA Conference, held in Aarhus, Denmark, the PERFORMANCE Magazine team was able to access valuable insights from some of the most highly skilled andexperiencedacademicsandpractitioners in the field of Performance Management. Tor Bøe-Lillegraven from the Copenhagen Business School and head of CCI Business Consulting, gave an interview were he spoke about the essential role of big data, the emerging trends and subsequent challenges withinthefieldofPerformanceManagement. 1. In your opinion, which are the main challengesorganizationsfacetodayin Performance Management? This is, obviously, highly dependent on the industry and the company. In the media industry, which I know very well, there are twoissues.Firstofall,organizationsgetvery “set” in their ways over time, which means people know how to do their business, so any change will become a challenge. The second one is the idea of being able to measure change and performance. For newspapers, for example, this is a fairly new and fairly innovative thing. Let me give you an example. Usually, or historically, newspapers will measure their sales and readership on a quarterly basis. This gives them the horizon on a quarter and by the next quarter hopefully they will try to do something if the readership or sales were poor. This has completely been turn around in the digital age, because you can get instant feedback on whatever you published online, instant feedback on the user performance that generates ad revenue and so on. Adapting to this data and using it in real time and in strategic thinking is very challenging, both for leaders in firms but also, obviously, for the employees. Some peoplehaveatasteforthis,somewanttouse information to make better decisions and perform better, others see it as an unwanted side effect basically of the need to perform well financially. 2. Which do you believe are the top trends in Performance Management for the year 2014? This is, again, relative to the industry and the company. But obviously, what everyone is talking about is Big Data. I think we are moving beyond the password and start seeing more practical applications. I think that more industries and firms are understanding what it entails and, in my experience, we are talking about three different things: firstly, there is the idea of having Big Data available (data about customer transactions, production, output etc.), secondly being able to mine that data and analyze it to get something useful from it,andthirdlyhowtousethatdatatoactually make the best business decisions. And I think the challenge for most industries and firms is how to position themselves in all these three aspects. For some companies, the answer will be that “No, we will not get into Big Data, we will outsource that. We might also not be interested in getting into advanced Analytics, it is not for us, but we would surely like to have the information on the table, to make business decisions”. This is what leaders have to navigate in now. Understanding the Big Data, advanced analytics and what it means has evolved, and we are getting to a point where everyone is talking about it, they are doing it consistently well in a number of industries and it is starting to show impact and I think that for 2014 and beyond, it is going to be something that every firm has to address in some way. We are talking about strategic planning for the next 3-5 years, and this will be a big thing, for sure, I can’t think of any example where this could not be applicable. I just saw yesterday a presentation on “Lean production in the apple industry in New Zealand”. Will they be interested in Big Data? For sure. 3. Which companies, industries or functional areas would you recommend to be looked at, due to their particular approach to performance management and subsequent results? There are two industries I would point to. Firstly, there is the Pharmaceutical industry. Alotofthingsaregoingtohappenthere,and basically the types of data they have access to are very interesting. Test data, sales data, all kinds of interesting data. The second one is the solar energy industry. There is a lot of movement in there right now and there is going to be a lot of money shifting hands from the producers of solar technologies to the consumers, power companies etc., and I believe this will be a very exciting business to look at, from the Big Data and advanced Analytics point of view. These are the two examples I would point to and, obviously, in the industry I work most with, the media industry, there are many things going on. Basically, today, a publisher and the media industry can know every little detail about your digital news consumption patterns. And that can be a good thing, because they can tell the content to you and basically get your attention and make ad revenues from this, but there is also the chance of getting too much data, and I think that is one of the challenges we are seeing particularly in the media industry. 4. What 3 pieces of advice would you give to an organization, about managing its performance? From my experience, when firms want to implement some type of performance Understanding the Big Data, advanced analytics and what it means has evolved, and we are getting to a point where everyone is talking about it, they are doing it consistently well in a number of industries and it is starting to show impact… INTERVIEWS
  • 18. 17SEPTEMBER 2015 management, let’s say in the context of the news industry, they look at KPIs, at what makes sense to them. So, for instance, for a reporter they will look at the number of words, number of stories filed, instead of looking at how many Facebook likes a story gets. And one of the challenges when setting these performance measures is that the management has to be a couple of steps ahead of the organization and very “in tune” with the market. So this is one basic challenge that I would point to. A second one is that it represents an investment. It takes attention, money, investment. In the Big Data example, you have to invest in some data warehouse type of solutions, Business Intelligence type of solutions, and also invest the time to sit around, look at this data and consider it before finding business solutions. This is a third type of challenge I see in implementing performance management. But then again, at the end of the day, what choice do you have? We have been doing Performance Management for quite a time now. It is evolving, it is changing, but it is also getting better and we have better tools at our disposal to make decisions. 5. What is your opinion about the emerging trend of using performance measurement in your personal life? I will point back to one of my previous answers: it is not for everyone. I think that, for the people who have acquired the taste forit,theseareexcellenttools.Ithinkthatfor otherpeople,theycanbecounterproductive. Performance management is not for everyone, but for the ones who know what they want to do and know what they are doing, it is a great thing to have more tools to help them measure performance. Whenitcomestobeingcounterproductive, from my experience, for some employees, working for 2 weeks on a single piece of content makes it of a tremendous quality. It will be read everywhere and bring value to the company. If you start measuring those people, basically looking at time spent, hours, minutes, that is going to deter them to not have the time to do the stuff that generate real quality. This needs to be balanced, and one needs to be careful when putting in place KPIs. Another trend that I have seen is that of management by numbers and, in my experience, I would be careful in implementing those types of measures in an organization if I didn’t really know the value chain in detail. Rick Edgeman Professor of Sustainability & Enterprise Performance, ICOA, Aarhus University, Denmark GivenTheKPIInstitute’spresenceatthePMA 2014 Conference, the PERFORMANCE Magazine team was able to interview some of the most highly skilled academics and practitioners in the field of Performance Management. Rick Edgeman, Professor of Sustainability & Performance at the Interdisciplinary Center for Organizational Architecture (ICOA), Aarhus University of Denmark, spoke with the PERFORMANCE Magazine team about sustainable enterprise excellence 1. In your opinion, which are the main challengesorganizationsfacetodayin Performance Management? First of all, performance management is, as its name says, a matter of management, so organizations should have the right thing to manage first. So they need to have a well- established organizational design, or at least they need to try. This is why the theme of these conferences is designing the High Performing Organization, which involves so many factors: the human ecology of the enterprise, innovation and sustainability aspects, performance measures and so on. But I think the main idea is to make sure that your performance measurement and management system provides you with at least two things: feedback, like going to a doctor and receiving a health report – and foresight, to introduce you into what you should change, or more specifically what you should change into, what is your direction. The organization itself should have its strategy formulated relatively to the competitive context. 2. Which do you believe are the top trends in Performance Management for the year 2014? I would actually give you a different answer, namely for the year 2024. But for 2014, people are still trying to come out of the economic down turn. So people are still focused on making sure they perform well financially. In the same time, there is an increasing pressure to be responsible. They face this exodus of customers that now say “I really like your product, but I don’t like your behavior”. So I think the current realityisthattheystillhavetobeverycareful with financial performance, because most companies are still trying to recover, but the future is a different issue. In the future, of course enterprises will need to perform financially, otherwise they will not remain viable, but their performance has to be very evident,whileconsideringtheareasofsocial responsibility, societal results and impact. Results and impact are not necessarily the same. It is about being economically and environmentally sound. So we can sum it all up to society, ecology and financial- economic performance. This has become a complicated aspect. The environment is very important, and we are rapidly dematerializing the Earth. We have, of I think the main idea is to make sure that your performance measurement and management system provides you with at least two things: feedback, like going to a doctor and receiving a health report – and foresight, to introduce you into what you should change INTERVIEWS
  • 19. SEPTEMBER 201518 course, material costs, but naturally, as the materials become rarer, their cost will accelerate, so we have to find a way to dematerialize. If I were to buy something from you, I would take all of the wrapping off and hand it to you and say “I don’t want thewrapping”–thisisthedematerialization, finding ways to charge for your services and not necessarily for your products. It is makingsurethatthecompanyisresponsible for every product that they produce all the wayfromthebeginningthroughitslifecycle and after its use. I think this would be the major trend. We have all of these global challenges, we have extreme climate change, global warming aspects, extreme weather events, drought, desertification, as well as both an aging and a growing population, so proportionally fewer people to be able to provide for a larger society. With aspects such as increasing heat we also have increasing conflicts, we have a situation where the currency today is not really Pounds, or Dollars or Euros, it has become water, food and energy. And enterprises have to find ways to understand and conduct themselves in terms of these real currencies instead of the ones that are more artificial or represent something different. Of course, we cannot ignore the Dollars or Euros, but we have to take into account much more deeply the other currencies. 3. Which companies, industries or functional areas would you recommendtobelookedat,duetotheir particular approach to performance management and subsequent results? I think we can look at a company like SAP. It is not only that they have this excellent strategy and performance management system, but also that they impact other companies: they estimate to have influenced over 30% of the world’s energy use. They have found ways to help you, as an enterprise, manage your energy consumption and other elements, of course. So they contribute not only to you as an enterprise, but to the world more broadly. So SAP is, in my opinion, a very impressive company. If you look at companies like Microsoft, some of their strategies relied on taking products that were previously existing and transformingthemintoservices.Oneofour keynote speakers was Joseph Williams. He has only been the dean of a business school in the United States for the past year. But he was also a managing director of Microsoft, over more than 10,000 employees. His last assignment at Microsoft was that of a managing director for software as a service. So they are truly changing the way things are happening. And this has implications for performance measurement and management. We have to understand much better how we can measure service provision, service performance. We are very good with tangible, physical things, which we can put our hands on. We are much less good with ideas, as they are much more difficult to measure. 4. Which would you believe are future directions for research in Performance Management? I would say sustainability over and over, becausemostofmyresearchisinenterprise sustainability. Of course, I have interest in ecological and societal sustainability, but as a member of the Business School, my interest is mostly in enterprise sustainability, and understanding how it connects to all dimensions of enterprise performance. It is not just about optimization, because the strategy that I follow to optimize my performance in one area may render me vulnerable in other areas. So I think I should simultaneously consider at least three things, and one would be the excellence domain, the international quality process. This usually means excellence, in many performance domains: the human capital of the organization, the operations, the supply chain, the innovation performance, the financial performance. But there is more than excellence in the way organizations perform. They need to protect themselves, they need to make sure they can be resilient, that when facing an extreme challenge they can find a way to bounce back from that challenge and recover their health. They need to find a way to make themselves more robust, so that whenever a shock does come to the system, they can overcome it. The thing is that robustness, resilience and excellence are, probably, consistent for the most part but they are not identical. The set of policies, strategiesandpartnershipsthatoptimizeone of those three will not optimize the other two. So enterprises really need to consider howtodeterminethebestmixforthem.And then they need to be able to develop those Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) that will help them accomplish that. Because, if they do not have those KPIs to move forward to, they will be guessing. And maybe it will be a wonderful guess, but maybe it won’t. So they really need to have that information, they need to be able to develop those measures. If you ask me how healthy I am, I might say “I weigh this much”, or “My resting heart rate is this one”. I might say many things, so one question can have many answers. One of them is probably a better answer than the others. We need to find better and then the best answers, better and then the best KPIs, so that we can achieve better and then the bestperformance.Butthenthequestionsare “Where do you want to perform?”, “What is important to you?”. So, it is also about determiningtheKPIsthatareconsistentwith your enterprise values. 5. What 3 pieces of advice would you give to an organization about managing its performance? Consumers are increasingly concerned about organizations being socially and environmentally responsible. So they must manage their operations, they must manage their policies, they must be transparent in ways that allow consumers to determine for themselves, to apply their own KPIs to decide “is this company responsible or isn’t it?” and to make decisions on those bases. If they don’t make that available, customers will increasingly assume they are hiding something. And they will find a company that hides nothing instead. I believe it is very important to have solid indicators for transparency. It is important not to have a “rubber stamp type” of organizational governance, which would just say “Yes, we approve”. Instead, the governing board should be doing its real job, namely to make sure that the company is performing in a responsible way. Companies have to make sure they are relevant. You can do the wrong things incredibly well. And by wrong things I do not necessarily mean bad things, just things that nobody cares about. So you can do really well something that nobody cares about. I can really use chalk on a chalkboard really well. We need to make sure we do the relevant things, those things that make a real difference, and we need to make sure we are not only measuring results – results are easier to measure than the second thing, which is actually more important – the impact.Whatisthedifferencethatitmakes? It is important to measure performance by results. It is even more important, I believe, to make sure you connect that to the impact, because this is what you want from the indicators – feedback, foresight and for them to reflect whether you, as an enterprise, are doing something important INTERVIEWS
  • 20. 19SEPTEMBER 2015 and making a difference. Each of us has children, and those children will have their children and so on. So, what should be important is the legacy we leave as persons? We should be focused on how our grandchildren will remember us, on whether we have made a positive difference in this world. At some point, enterprises don’t think at that legacy, and they should be thinking about it, because they are leaving something behind every day. They need to make sure they are moving in the right direction. So, it is all about relevance, responsibility and, in general, sustainability, because most organizations want to continue to exist, they want to prosper. Everyone wants to prosper and to be regarded in positive ways. At the end of your life, you will not say “I wish I had worked more”, you will say “I wish I had spent more time with my children”, “I wish I had donated more of my time to this cause” – those are the things you are going to think about. And I believe enterprises should start thinking more in the same way. They need to say “Can we make a positive difference, and can we do this in responsible ways?”. It is wonderful to provide energy to people in areas that have been energy starved. But not if you do that in a way that creates significant pollution problems. I don’t need to go in the deepest, darkest parts of the world and give them a lot of coal. I might solve a part of their problems, I might provide energy, but I will create a new problem by doing that. And this is part of the significance of these global challenges, they are complicated. You solve one thing and you create a new problem, or you ignore one. Because the complexity is so great and the other relationships are so complicated that I think you need to have KPIs that really examine those complex interactions between factors and that help you move in the right direction. 6. What is your opinion about this emergingtrend,ofusingperformance measurement in your personal life? It is very interesting, we need to have those indicators, they really help us monitor our performance, whether it is personal or at the enterprise level. I don’t monitor my heart rate, for example, but I do monitor other things. I will give you an example. I have a friend, Sean. About 15 years ago, he was the president of Excellence Ireland, and before that he had been the president of the European Organization for Quality. Every year, he would take his family to a retreat, and the entire purpose of that was to better understand their interactions with one another. Were they doing everything they could to build their family more positively? Was Sean performing well, and what things did he need to change, so he can be a better father and husband in his family? What did his wife need to change? What was she doing that she could do more of or that she should keep doing, because she was doing it wonderfully well? In the same time, what about the children? This is a different level, but it does have the personal implications, along with the very important family dimension. So, what they actually did every year was building a new family contract, and they would have their own performance indicators for how they do as a family. So I believe this trend is important. I thinkthatthosepeoplewhodowellintheir personal lives, formally or informally, are going through self-examination and self- assessment, all at the time. Not as formally as within the International Quality Awards, for example, which were about enterprise self-assessment, of course. The purpose of those systems, whether it’s the American or the European program, was to boost competitiveness, not even between individual companies, but on larger scales, country performance. This is why the Baldrige Awards were founded in the US, to improve national performance on the global market. There were only a few companies that would apply for the award, but you could see hundreds and hundreds of thousands who would look at the award’s criteria, the models, the measures and would apply them to their own organizations, in order to improve them. They didn’t care about the prize, but they did care, just as every enterprise does, about improvement. In the same way, I think this is what people want to do. You don’t get up in the morning and tell yourself “I really want to do bad today”, “I want to be sick today” or “I want to get in a car accident today”. Nobody does this. You are probably not so formal in the way you determine how you want to move forward, but I think there is a trend, people start doing that more and more commonly. This is why people go to the gym, or to personal trainers, and ask how their physical performance or health can be improved. So we see trends like this one, and it is only a matter of time until this branches out to other areas of life. And when people start doing that, they might not even see it as self-assessment, but they are using it to manage their lives in different ways. I love what Danish banks do, because they categorize automatically all the purchases that I make when I use my bank card. Because they do this, we can monitor how we are doing: Are we using too much energy this month? Did our food bill go significantly up or down and why? We can use these sorts of indicators to manage our personal lives. So I think there are trends when it comes to monitoring personal and family life, that are coming from the KPIs we use in performance management and measurement systems. We will be witnessing many changes in this field. Consumers are increasingly concerned about organizations being socially and environmentally responsible. So they must manage their operations, they must manage their policies, they must be transparent in ways that allow consumers to determine for themselves, to apply their own KPIs to decide “is this company responsible or isn’t it?” and to make decisions on those bases. INTERVIEWS
  • 21. SEPTEMBER 201520 smartKPIs.com platform smartKPIs.com is an online portal containing the largest collection of well documented KPI examples, supported by a community of tens of thousands of members. Top KPI Reports Top KPIs series is an extensive annual collection of reports dedicated to analyzing the most popular KPIs across major functional areas and industries, containing thorough analysis of each KPI example. Performance Management Toolkits The Toolkit series represents pre-populated templates configured in Microsoft Excel and PowerPoint: Strategy Maps, Scorecards, Dashboards, Portfolios of Initiatives and Employee Performance Plan templates are examples. They are available in editable format and have an instruction manual attached for easy configuration. KPI Dictionaries Considered the most comprehensive publications released to date by our research team, they include over 8,000 examples of documented Key Performance Indicators, complete with definitions, sub metrics and calculation formulas. Webinars Designed as one-hour long audio and slide-based presentations, The KPI Institute’s webinars address key topics related to Strategy, Performance, KPIs, Data Analysis, Data Visualisation, Innovation and many others related to Performance Improvement. Experienced analysts, with a track record of research applied in practice present such webinars on a weekly basis. Recording are subsequently made available on The KPI Institute’s eLearning platform. Research library access A rich repository containing a variety of research publications ranging from global and regional research studies to fact sheets, catalogues, infographics and generic templates. It is regularly updated with new content as released by our research team. Research content Get exclusive discounts to our training courses, conferences and forums scheduled throughout the entire year across 6 continents. Event discounts Join your peers! Get and share valuable insights on performance related subjects within The KPI Institute Community. Networking Consolidate your personal brand by using our exclusive badge to demonstrate your professional commitment to performance excellence. Professional confirmation A member of our research team will guide you through our knowledge platforms to identify the best information and resources according to your needs. Research helpdesk Benefit from dedicated services provided by our research analysts on 12 practice domains. Find below a list with examples of advisory services covered. Based on your specific needs, customized solutions will be provided. Strategy Performance Improvement Performance Measurement Employee Performance Balanced Scorecard Data Visualization Data Analysis Benchmarking Customer Service Performance Innovation Performance Suuplier Performance Personal Performance Research analyst consultation Advisory services TheKPIInstituteMembershipBenefits
  • 22. 21SEPTEMBER 2015 membershipoptions Practice domain Event discounts Networking Professional confirmation Research helpdesk Analyst consultation Estimated value of benefits if accessed individually: smartKPIs.com platform* Preferred rate at training courses and conferences Network among peers in a private group available only to TKI members Electronic certificate of membership demonstrating the commitment to professional excellence through learning Guidance to explore the TKI knowledge platforms Video / phone advisory support from TKI research analyst Customized secondary research project on demand Top KPI Reports KPI Dictionaries Webinars Research library access Performance Management Toolkits $100 off early bird rate Yes Yes Yes (online) No No 2 dictionaries of your choice 2 webinars of your choice Preview to executive summaries $100 off 2 or more participants rate Yes Yes Yes (phone) 8 hours ** 8 hours ** Full access to all premium content 2 reports of your choice 2 toolkits of your choice Full access to all premium content All available currently 127 reports All available currently 9 toolkits All available currently 34 webinars All available currently 14 KPI Dictionaries All available currently 57 resources TKI Membership $390 per year $1,500 USD TKI insight+ Membership $2,900 per year $15,600 USD Join Today! www.kpiinstitute.org/membership The KPI Institute Customer Service Monday - Friday +61 3 9028 2223 office@kpiinstitute.org * Access to all 12 practice domains platforms upon their release ** Hours to be accessed when needed by scheduling as per member preference.
  • 23. SEPTEMBER 201522 AUREL BRUDAN a lifetime dedicated to performance PORTRAIT “In a world dominated by consumerism, the appeal of science in education and professional practice should be nurtured more.” DIANA ZARNESCU orn in Romania, Aurel Brudan was never meant to remain tied to a single country, nor to a single continent. His working experiences have taken him throughout nations spread on the entire globe, from Europe, to Asia, North America, Africa, and Australia. In between his travels, Aurel accumulated over 16 years of Enterprise Performance Management experience, 12 years of Balanced Scorecard expertise on design, implementation and maintenance. More than 20 Balanced Scorecard implementations, with over 100 different performance scorecards and dashboards, stand proof today that Aurel Brudan is a man driven by performance. It was 11 years ago that he built the foundation of what was to become The KPI Institute, the organizational representation of Performance Management, as Aurel Brudan envisions it. As a CEO today, Aurel tackles issues of Performance Management on all levels of the company, thus showing himself, and all of those in question, that the quest for improvement has only a beginning, but no end. All this while, Aurel kept a strong tie to his educational journey as a PhD. Candidate and a tutor for the “Managing in Contemporary Organizations” subject within The University of Melbourne, Faculty of Business and Economics. B
  • 24. 23SEPTEMBER 2015 SomewouldrefertoAurelBrudanasaneducator,othersasanadvisor,orasapractitioner.But,above all, he is a man driven by ambition and belief in improvement. He encourages others and, most of all, himself, to strive for performance, to think beyond the routine, and to use education as a window towards what we seek to achieve. PORTRAIT The Performance Magazine editorial team searched to get insights from Aurel Brudan, the man who, although could already be described as accomplished, will never stop to draw the line. Taking the first steps on the Performance Management path Aurel Brudan began his professional journey as an economist, obtaining a leadership position with the non-profit organization AIESEC. It was here that, for the first time, he became familiarized with the concepts of strategic planning and performance measurement. And thus, upon the completion of his graduate program, he went on to support the implementation of a Balanced Scorecard system, within an Australian public sector agency. The implementation process continued with the support and supervision Aurel provided, as he decided to prolong his stay and operate the new management system. Showing great interest in the discipline, Aurel chose this path to forge a career, initially by doing doctoral research on the topic of performance management systems, and subsequently by doing research, training, and consulting in the same field. Ultimately,hestartedoutasapractitioner, carried on to become an educator and this, naturally, led to advisory services. This triangulation of three roles is what leveraged his professional development. His interest in continual education stems from a deep appreciation towards scientists, people Aurel admires for their commitment to knowledge and education, seen as a means to improve oneself, as a rational being. In his own words, in a world dominated by consumerism, the appeal of science in education and professional practice should be nurtured more. In this sense, the works of Anthony Stafford Beer, together with the entire literature on systems thinking, had triggered Aurel’s interest in this particular field, and he was able to envision the bridge it created towards the discipline of performance management. Thus had Aurel Brudan began his journey within the Performance Management domain. He regarded his earliest experiences with designated tools and processes as challenging but, at the same time, intellectually stimulating. Years later, when he was assigned a Balanced Scorecard implementation process, he remembered those first lessons which, in spite of their difficulty, ultimately proved useful. A personal approach to Performance Management: 3 perspectives on one system Aurel Brudan came to regard Performance Management as a series of actions which, altogether, ensure that the results obtained are also the desired ones, while perpetually improving the extent of these results, and the efficiency with which they are obtained. Aureltalksabout3mainaspectsthatwould recommend a Performance Management system, above all others: clarity, focus, and improvement. Clarity, as all the people involved have a clear vision of which results should be achieved, ideally. Focus, so that what matters, at a specific moment, remains in sight. Improvement, as all processes, along with theirresults,arereflectedobjectively,making further necessary measures become obvious. However, there are obstacles on the road to performance. As Aurel admits, obtaining the commitment of all stakeholders, whether they are managers or staff, is a challenge in itself. Moreover, as one problem often leads to another, the lack of stakeholder buy-in is also reflected in resource allocation and, ultimately, in expertise levels. More than once, as Aurel has noticed over time, poor results, obtained within a flawed Performance Management system, are caused by lack of expertise, backed by a lack of invested resources, and by limited commitment levels coming from management and/or staff. However, as none of these obstacles is without solution, the Performance Management tools and processes can be improved by enhancing the expertise of those operating them, by ensuring standardisation of these processes (through process mapping, template creation and manuals/procedures use) and by automating data collection. Still in the realm of ways to improve a Performance Management system, Aurel mentions, as best practices in the domain, cascading the system across all organizational levels, including the employees themselves, and automating the data gathering process, establishing the correct KPIs, which should reflect what truly matters. Additionally, a sound architecture, which links all the tools the system entails, together with committed professionals who operate the system and also seek to experiment and improve it, are key aspects to ensuring the functionality of Performance Management. An example Aurel has observed, as far as the results of Performance Management put in practice go, is related to the improvements made in the airline industry
  • 25. SEPTEMBER 201524 3 MAIN ASPECTS OF A PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: Clarity ImprovementFocus PORTRAIT strategyformanagingpersonalperformance is relative. The same way in which different things make each of us happy, achieving this balance is a state that we first have to define for ourselves. For Aurel, this translates into having a balanced approach to how he pursues his goals. Asourceofinspiration But, most of all, his piece of advice, as far as both career and personal life are concerned, is to never stop learning. There are so many things to be discovered, so many opportunities hidden in knowledge, and so many fields that, even unrelated to the performance discipline, are still a fountain of information one could take advantage of. His personal example is extracting knowledge and finding inspiration in what are, perhaps, curious disciplines for someone with a formation in the field of economics: biology, chemistry, philosophy and history, to the name just a few. Related to the principle of continuous learning is also the development of content which Aurel, as an educator and a practitioner, cannot overlook. In his own words, he believes that so often today we are consumers of content, yet we generate more value and are rewarded at a greater extent by developing it. Valuable content is born out of a mind which assimilated and filtered knowledge obtained from education, on the one hand, and the experiences encountered across his activities, on the other hand. Thus, case studies, conference presentations, engaging with peers in community forums, or communities of practice, all contribute to validating ideas, learning and sharing of knowledge or, in other words, the development of the discipline. “Neverstop learning. Thereareso manythingsto bediscovered, inthesamefield andinrelated disciplines.” in terms of performance results and overall profitability. In addition, methods of measuring marketing performance, together with the shift towards online, enhance all processes, while also making them easier to track. And best practices in Performance Management inherently enhance individual performance. An integrated system is what establishes the connection between performance, learning and compensation. However, his experience has taught Aurel that people also need room for innovation and diversity. By providing communication possibilities, organizational transparency and educational opportunities, employees will not only become better performers, but they will also offer their buy-in and trust. designed by Freepik.com As the CEO of The KPI Institute, but also due to his numerous experiences with organizational environments, Aurel reached the conclusion that the best way for management to obtain the employees’ buy- in for the Performance Management system is entailed in a 3-way process: ensuring that the staff has the same understanding of what the system means, a clear vision on why it is needed and, thirdly and lastly, to be transparent as an organization internally, as well as externally, in order to ensure support and commitment. Outside working hours: managing personalperformance A man who has dedicated his career to performance improvement could not overlook the aspects in this discipline which are also viable to be implemented in one’s personal life. Outside working hours, experimentation is key in identifying the optimal combination for each person in particular. There are numerous tools and principles available, but the choice that will provide the best results is a matter of personality, choice, and drive, as Aurel concluded. So what does Aurel find most suitable for his personal performance and how does he manage it? First, Aurel identified a series of aspects which he considers as important to him and, for each aspect in particular, he keeps track of data, with varying degrees of rigour. As for the hardware and software solutions, Aurel believes these remain at the enabler status for now, and the main difference is represented by the user’s discipline, drive and habits. The same strategy applies to managing one’swork-lifebalance:sinceeachindividual has his own specific personality, each
  • 26. 25SEPTEMBER 2015 PORTRAIT THE KPI DICTIONARY · REFERENCE COLLECTION OF BOOKS To browse through our upcoming training courses and select the solution that best addresses your personal and professional objectives visit our online Store. store.kpiinstitute.org/scheduled-courses Examples of documented Key Performance Indicator Definitions for an in depth view on Performance Measurement 7 years of business research invested 30,000+ resources studied 20+ subject matter experts involved Newly released publications: 14 Functional Area KPI Dictionaries 18 Industry KPI Dictionaries More Publications Keep up to date with industry trends and leaders! Find the most suitable KPIs to measure your business success!
  • 27. SEPTEMBER 201526 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT IN THE INDIAN GOVERNMENT: A brief history ANDREEA VECERDEA raditionally, the Indian Government used to be described as a rule-based structure, primarily focused on processes. Such an approach was mainly oriented towards input usage, and performance was assessed against money spent on different projects/schemes. The drawback of this modus operandi was that it failed to look at the results achieved by the activities undertaken by the Government. In the 1975-1976 period, a scheme of performance budgeting for the financial year was introduced, to analyze the connection betweeninputsandoutputs.Morespecifically, it looked at: Objectives and projects implemented in the past, current and future period; Connections between the five year plans and the achievements to date; involves a yearly preparation of a Results Framework Document (RFD), where each department outlines its objectives and the extent to which it managed to achieve them against the targets set. In this way, all important deliverables expected from each department are being monitored, in terms of finance,quantity,quality,shortandlongterm efficiency. The Performance Management Division, within the Indian Cabinet Secretariat is in charge with the Government Performance Management Systems for Ministries and Departments within the Government of India. According to the above mentioned portal, its main functions include: reviewing and adopting global best practices, updating the existing performance management system and delivering citizen-centric results. AROUND THE WORLD Promotingadministrative reformsingovernment policiesandprocessesas perrecommendationsof AdministrativeReforms Commission(ARC) 33.00 [1.1] Monitoring and review of administrative reforms recommended by ARC. [1.1] Review meeting with the State AR Secretaries on implementation of ARC recommendations. [1.1] Setting up institutional mechanism in the Central Govt. Ministries and States for regular review of the implementation of ARC recommendation. [1.1.1] ATR on 125 accepted recommendations of ARC. [1.2.1] Issue of State- wise status report on implementarion of ARC recommenation. [1.3.1] Number of States/ Central Government Minisitries setting up institutional mechanism Number Date Number 4.00 4.00 4.00 0.2 Excellent 100% 27 March 2014 10 0.1 Very Good 90% 28 March 2014 07 00 Good 80% 29 March 2014 05 00 Fair 70% 30 March 2014 03 00 Poor 60% 31 March 2014 02 Objective Weight Action Success indicator Target / Criteria Value Unit Weight Performance management as it exists in government includes conventional tools like the budgetary exercise, annual reports published by the Ministries/Departments, performance budgets and the recently introduced outcome budget. Ministries and departments of government have varying practices of periodically reviewing their organizational performance. Performance Management Division, Cabinet Secretariat, Government of India Financial statements highlighting the outlays for the projects implemented; Details on the actions taken and achievements in each of the projects conducted. According to the website of the Performance Management Division (PMD), from within the Government of India’s Cabinet Secretariat, in order to improve the functionality of the above presented scheme, a zero-based budgeting approach was introduced in 1980, as well as an outcome budgeting scheme, some years later. Their main scope was to focus more on the results achieved, rather than on inputs. In 2009, the Prime Minister approved the Performance Monitoring and Evaluation System (PMES) for Government Departments, meant to assess the departments’ performance. The system
  • 28. 27SEPTEMBER 2015 AROUND THE WORLD Characteristics of the actual Performance Management system According to the Performance Monitoring and Evaluation System for Government Departments report, released by the Indian Government’s Cabinet Secretariat, the timeframe for reviewing progress towards achieving objectives is clearly defined, and it consists of 3 steps: At the beginning of the fiscal year, by the 1st of April, the Results-Framework Document has to be designed; After six months, by the 1st of October, progress is monitored against targets, in order to reset goals, adjust priorities and take the actions needed; At the end of the year, March 31st, the overall performance is evaluated against agreed targets. At the moment, 80 out of 84 ministries/ departments and their Responsibility Centers are covered by the RFD policy. Below,thereisanexampleofhowayear-end PerformanceEvaluationisconductedbythe DepartmentofAdministrativeReformsand Public Grievances, as detailed within their Results-Framework Document. Such a rigorous approach to setting objectives, KPIs and targets supports each Ministry’s endeavors to performance. When it comes to setting objectives, it is important to note that they are assigned a certain weight, taking into consideration looks like for the Head of the Department can be analyzed below: Incentives’ distribution between the Head of the Department, the Head of the Division and any other employees. For example, at divisional level, incentives depend 30% on the Departmental performance and 70% on the Divisional performance. In what concerns the bonus allocated to other employees, each division is free to adopt a different reward scheme, which has to be approved by the Secretary at the beginning of the year. Also, the maximum level of the incentive cannot exceed a certain percentage of the basic salary. It is important to note that each reward is not only linked to the individual performance, but also to the performance achieved at departmental/ divisional level. In this way, negative consequences related to targets and rewards are avoided, as individuals are not only monitored against their own performance, but also against the team performance. It is important to note the great progress the Indian Government has made in the recent years in terms of managing its strategic objectives and taking actions to ensure their achievement. The current Performance Management framework is pronetofurtherchangesandimprovements, and by the time all 84 Ministries will have implemented the RFD scheme, the overall performance achieved at Governmental level will be better consolidated. Value of the Composite Score Incentive Payment (% of the Basic Salary) Phase 2 4-6 years Phase 3 6-9 years Phase 1 1-3 years 100% 20% 30% 40% 90% 10% 15% 20% 80% 5% 10% 15% 70% 0% 0% 0% their priority. Moreover, for each of them, departments have to list the policies, programs, schemes and projects they need to undertake, in order to make objectives real. To measure the performance achieved for each objective, success indicators, or Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are set, each ofthemagain,withacertainweightattached. Targets are defined on a five-point scale, ranging from poor (60% achievement of the target), to excellent (100% achievement of the target). Linking the Performance Management system to an incentive scheme As a consequence of deploying a Governmental level Performance Management system, an incentive scheme is also about to be implemented for the Government’s employees. According to the Proposed Guidelines for Performance- Related Incentive Scheme, the incentive’s level is calculated based on an established formula, taking into consideration the following aspects: The maximum amount of incentive payments can be 15% of the Budget savings, and it will be offered only if the department achieves a composite score of 100% (which translates into an Excellent); No incentive is paid if the composite score is 70% or less. An example of how an incentive payment
  • 29. SEPTEMBER 201528 he Abu Dhabi Sustainability Group (ADSG) was established in 2008 and is a membership-based organization, dedicated to encouraging “co-responsibility in Abu Dhabi to ensure that government entities, business and not for profit organizations are all partners in working towards achieving the goal of economic, environmental and social sustainability,” as they explain in the From reporting to action (2011-2013) strategy report. ADSG’s main purpose is to guide its memberorganizationstowardsadoptingand utilizing best practices in terms of strategy management and reporting. A host to both private and public sector organizations, the most notable members of the ADSG, are: The Abu Dhabi National Oil Company (ADNOC); The Abu Dhabi Water & Electricity Authority (ADWEA); The Department of Economic Development – Abu Dhabi (DED); The Health Authority – Abu Dhabi (HAAD); The Aramex Abu Dhabi; The Dolphin Energy (Dolphin); The Etihad Airways; TheNationalBankofAbuDhabi(NBAD). Step 1 The mission statement of the Abu Dhabi Sustainability Group is directed at “promoting sustainability management AROUND THE WORLD MIHAI TOMA in Abu Dhabi by providing learning and knowledge sharing opportunities for government, private and not for profit organizations in a spirit of cooperation and open dialogue,” as mentioned in the above- presented report. This ambitious mission that has been established is supported by seven main services that the ADSG provides to its member organizations: 1.Improvingknowledge(throughaportal, a newsletter, publications and seminars); 2. Developing capabilities (through training, one-on-one support, and benchmarking); 3. Sharing experience (through forums and meetings); 4.FacilitatingAdvocacy(throughflagship programs); 5. Building networks (through partnerships with local and international organizations); 6. Expanding the member network (through outreach activities); 7. Reporting performance (through the group’s various forums and an annual report). Step 2 Toreinforcethemissionoftheorganization, theADSGhasalsoestablishedasetofvalues that are dedicated to transmitting the right message towards all of their stakeholders, primarily towards their employees and members. This strategy marks a shift from the intensity of a start-up phase of building a network and developing the services and processes required to engage our members to being in a position to use the lessons learnt during our first two years of activity to respond effectively to the needs of our members and other organizations in Abu Dhabi to improve sustainability management and reporting. ADSG, Strategy 2011/2013. From reporting to action It is easily noticeable that the Abu Dhabi Sustainability Group followed best practices in terms of establishing and communicating their values. All three corporate values (responsibility, accountability, and transparency) are accompanied by a definition and a set of ‘Principles,’ such as coordination, collaboration, complementarity and coherence which provide clarity and purpose to the organization’s values. Due to the fact that ADSG is a membership-based organization and that the bulk of their services and operations are conducted through partnerships with their members and other stakeholders, the next logical step in their strategic planning process was to have a clear picture of the current status regarding their relationship status with stakeholders. Step 3 To this scope, they have developed a Stakeholder Analysis, a dedicated tool that provides an overview of the different stakeholders,togetherwiththeircontribution, or impact to areas that ADSG tries to focus on, by establishing strategic objectives. To facilitate the understanding of this relationship, the stakeholder analysis is groupedintosixcolumns,allofwhichentail further details on ADSG’s expectations and commitments: Stakeholder; Why we engage? – details here mention INSIGHTS INTO A STRATEGIC PLANNING PROCESS: The Abu Dhabi Sustainability Group (ADSG)
  • 30. 29SEPTEMBER 2015 sustainability management and reporting practices; Priority issues for ADSG – these include commitment to the company’s values, mission, goals and other activities in which they engage in; Priorityissuesforstakeholder–theADSG follows to improve knowledge, maturity level trainings sustainability performance, and reputation, among others; Our Response – this section details what the ADSG offers, in return. Namely, it includes tools and processes such as portals, newsletter, one-on-one support and various meetings. Following the stakeholder analysis, the next step in formulating the ADSG strategy was to analyze the external and internal environment of the entity. Step 4 When an organization is going through the process of strategic planning, one key step is scanning its external environment, in order to “take into consideration the business environment in which we operate”, as mentioned by ADSG in their report. To serve this purpose, they have deployed the use of a PESTLE, or the PESTEL analysis. This technique involves scanning the external macro environment of the organization and identifying the Political, Economic, Social, Technological, Legal, and Environmentalfactorsthatwillinfluencethe achievement of ADSG’s strategy. focus, among others, as strengths, followed by the weaker points constituted from silent members, insufficient resource allocation, representative turnover, levels of commitment and others. Step 6 The steps undergone up until this point represent the prerequisite steps for formulating a clear strategic framework for the ADSG. The results and insights gathered by following these afore- mentioned steps have provided the basis for creating the main strategic direction of the ADSG, which is represented through its Strategic Goals. The established goals follow best practice recommendations in terms of standardization as each goal starts with a verb. The goals are also accompanied by the Vision and Mission statements which represent the desired state of the organization, and the manner in which ADSG will reach its desired state. In terms of recommendations for next steps, breaking down the Strategic Goals of the company in more specific Objectives is seen as a good approach. These objectives would then be clustered and graphically represented in a Strategy Map, a visual representation of an organization’s strategy, highlighting the strategic objectives of an organization together with the cause and effect argumentations, linked within the four perspectivesof theBalancedScorecard. AROUND THE WORLD This strategy has been designed to help us achieve our strategic goals ensuring our relevance, effectiveness, efficiency, impact and institutional sustainability as well as increasing our visibility. ADSG, Strategy 2011/2013. From reporting to action Each factor, such as the Political and Economic factors, identified by ADSG provides comments that stakeholders can review in order to understand the political andeconomicdevelopmentsthatmayaffect the operations of the organization. For example, the political factor contains the ADSG’s comments on Abu Dhabi’s Government search for excellence, on the growing local attention to sustainability and on the demand for improved coordination. Meanwhile, the economic factor comprises comments on the economic diversification (whichismostlyconnectedtotheEconomic Vision 2030 strategic plan), on construction projects (explainable by the boom in economic development experienced by Abu Dhabi), on unemployment and, lastly, on decent work. Step 5 Further on, by building on the PESTLE analysis, the ADSG proceeds in their strategic planning process towards analyzing the internal environment of the organization. To this scope, a SWOT analysis was conducted. SWOT stands for Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats, which are, as ADSG mentions, “the key internal and external factors that could help or hinder us from achieving our objectives”. Thus, the organization identified public- private partnerships, sector leaders, multidimensional approach and strategic
  • 31. SEPTEMBER 201530 HOW KPIS CHANGED A GOVERNMENT. A Malaysian approach OANA GAVRIL owadays, due to increasing competition in the business world, most of the firms and organizations are obliged to adjust to new ways of enhancing their performance. This improvement is mainly linked to the implementation of performance management systems, new strategic directions, or important shifts in the strategy of the organization. Malaysia took into consideration these aspects, especially after being faced with drastic changes within its governing party. Following six decades of performance management initiatives, combined with accountability, planning, and coordination, the results were still not satisfactory for Malaysia. The efforts directed towards increasing efficiency “were extensive, somewhat unconnected, and, until recently, rarely emphasized measurable outcomes,” saidJohnAnthonyXavier,professoratPutra Malaysia University, and former director of research in the Public Service Department, for the Tying performance management to service delivery: public sector reform in Malaysia 2008-2011 case study (2011). As a result, the Malaysian government decided to employ Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) as one of their main performance measurement tools. In 2009, Prime Minister Datuk Seri Najib Razakcreatedaspecializedunittosupervise the implementation of the performance management system, naming it the Performance Management and Delivery Unit, or PEMANDU, for short. A detailed overview of the program, designed to present the public with recent results that it hasachieved,togetherwithnecessarydetails added to increase transparency. PEMANDU was established to “oversee the implementation and assess progress of the Government Transformation Program (GTP) and Economic Transformation Program (ETP), facilitate as well as support delivery of both the National Key Result Areas (NKRAs), and National Key Economic Areas (NKEAs)” as stated on the PEMANDU online platform. The structure of the program was created in accordance with the 7 main areas of interest, named National Key Results Areas, which serve the purpose of creating both short, and long term initiatives in order to improve these sectors. Six ministers have been appointed to lead the mission of fulfilling the six National Key Results Areas (NKRA) which focus on: Reducing crime: headed by the Minister of Home Affairs, it includes a number of initiatives destined to descend the trend in crime and to increase public satisfaction of police services; Fighting Corruption: assigned to the Minister in charge of Law, within the Prime Minister’s Department, aims to prevent resources being taken away from the economy of the country, and it will ensure a fair playing field for all the participants within the economy; Assuring Quality Education, which generated a 12-year programme - The NationalEducationBlueprint-ensuresshort and long term changes in the education system of the country and it comes under the Minister of Education’s governance; Raising Living Standards of low-income Households, assigned to the Minister of Women, Family and Community Development,itaimstoreducethedisparity between the economically advantaged and disadvantaged, as well as raising the income level of the country; Improving Rural Development, found under the Minister of Rural and Regional Development’sauthority,focusesonoffering the people who chose to live in rural areas a While the barriers to achieving Vision 2020 are considerable, they can be overcome through the dedication of, and collaboration between, the Government and the rakyat. Taking up the challenge, this government has formulated the principles of 1Malaysia, People First, Performance Now as a way to accelerate our performance in order to achieve Vision 2020. Catalysing Vision 2020 through 1Malaysia, People first, performance now AROUND THE WORLD
  • 32. 31SEPTEMBER 2015 healthy and sustainable living; ImprovingUrbanTransport,whichwill fix the public transport within the Klang Valley and Kuala Lumpur, as these are the major economical areas is governed by the Minister of Transport; AddressingCostofLiving,forwhichthe DeputyMinisterisresponsible,isdesigned to offer immediate term measures for the living costs of Malaysians affected by the global food and energy prices, while assessing other strategies that will address the rising cost of living within a long term plan. The purpose of implementing this 7-point program is to ensure accountability among the administration and the civil public service, and to ensure the transparency that each government is looking forward to offer to its citizens. Due to the presence of these National Key Results Area, people can have an objective evaluation of the effectiveness of the leadership and the implementation degree of these strategies. Together with the National Key Result Areas, the government of Malaysia has defined the vision, mission and objectives of the country for it Vision 2020 strategic development plan, by creating 4 pillars to support its strategy: 1.Malaysia:Peoplefirst,performancenow; 2. Government Transformation Program; 3. Economic Transformation Program; 4. 10th Malaysia Plan. Macroeconomic growth targets & expenditure allocation. 1Malaysia:PeopleFirst,PerformanceNow has become the administrative tag line, with highlightsontheeffortsthatthegovernment is putting into achieving the 2020 Vision. Additionally, the role of PEMANDU is also to support the Unity and Performance Minister in implementing the Key Performance Indicators system, and in helping the government achieve the ideals settled in their vision and become a high income nation by 2020. Performance management reforms in Malaysia have resulted in improving efficiency within the bureaucratic and public service delivery systems, besides helping the economy function very well in the competitive South East Asia region. The caseofMalaysia’sgovernmentisjustanother example of how a thoroughly implemented performance management system can help increase performance within any type of organization. To achieve sustained high growth and high economic wellbeing in the future, Malaysia should create a competitive economy that uses resources efficiently, has sound economic fundamentals, is flexible in responding to global development and is backed by solid human capital, innovation and technological capacity. In this new economy, the private sector must take a leading role through entrepreneurship and must be energised so that it will invest and create new sources of growth. The role of the Government is to provide frameworks conducive to economic development and an efficient delivery system Dr. Mahani Zainal Abidin, National Economic Advisory Council member. “Developing the Malaysian Model for a Global Economy” in Readings on Development: Malaysia 2057 (2009) AROUND THE WORLD
  • 33. SEPTEMBER 201532 company that gifts is what one might describe RedBalloon as. It gifts to its customers the opportunity to learn and enjoy new experiences but the focus in this article falls on what it gifts to its employees. This year, Smart Company awards its 7th place in “The top 20 on-line retailers 2015” to the biggest online gift experience provider in Australia. It is with genuine awe that performance management practitioners around the world should look intothesuccessstorybehindthenumerous recognitiontitlestheRedBalloonCompany currently holds. Such companies, like the herebypresentedRedBalloonorganization, testify for the core driver of performance: the individual. It is inspiring that, by building on NEF’s (New Economics Foundation) “Five Ways of Wellbeing” (2010) - Connect, Be Active, Take Notice, Keep Learning and Give, – RedBaloon has reached a point when its employee-centric organizational strategy is a catalyst for staff engagement practices worldwide. “RedBalloon was not always a great place to work […]. It was challenging and confronting as we went on our growth RedBalloon AUSTRALIA: an employee engagement strategy turning millions annually journey. There was much we learned along the way… and ultimately we got more right than wrong and ended up listed as a BRW’s Best Places to Work five times.”, Naomi Simson, RedBaloon Founding Director, (2015). So how does Redballoon become one of the greatest places to work for in Australia? How come that, simply by making its people happier, RedBaloon stands out as one of the lead performers in the world? Well, for starters, RedBallon acknowledges its commitment to measuring employee engagement. CEO Kristie Buchannan proudly presents an Employee Net promoter Score (NPS) of over 80% for the company, in 2014. Secondly, they provide employees with an empowered environment and motivational toolsforboostedparticipation. Thirdly, they take an innovative approach to employee performance by balancing individual KPIs with “personal promises” that emotionally tie the employee to the strategic plan of the company. RedBalloon also spices up its rewards and recognition programs with spontaneity, encourages communication through “team huddles,” uses Yammer for internal social networking, and turns beginners into brand energizers through a unique on-boarding process. Although it may seem that RedBaloon wins the performance race through sheer democracy, it is the understanding of basic performancemanagementterminologythat has allowed the organization to validate its engagement governance: Organizational culture is best valued when it is a by-product of employee engagement: “At RedBalloon people come to work as themselves and not as their job titles; as people, not staff. […] We empower our people to make decisions in their roles, knowing there is trust from the business in those decisions, and knowing they are allowed to make mistakes – as long as the learn from them. We exercise freedom in the flexibility we provide for all our people – they are provided with the tools needed to fulfill their roles, which means we have happy people, leading to happy customers, and ultimately resulting in happy profits […]”, Nick Baker, RedBaloon CEO, (2015). Organizational performance and employeeengagementleadtounprecedented achievementswhenlinkedtoorganizational culture, KPIs, and strategic direction: RedBallon empowers all its employees “Way back in 2001 when RedBalloon was founded, I had so many hopes and dreams for what the business could be. I wanted to change gifting in Australia forever and to encourage ‘good times’ over more ‘stuff.’ After working for so many serious corporations, above all else I was intentional about creating a workplace where people genuinely wanted to wake up and come to work in the morning. And well, we must have got more right then wrong because RedBalloon has been a BRW Best Place to Work five times in a row and I am proud to share that under the guidance of CEO Nick Baker we’ve been officially named one of the world’s most democratic workplaces. Making the WorldBlu List of Most Freedom-Centered Workplaces has once again proven our deep commitment to RedBalloon’s most important ‘competitive weapon’ – our people! Naomi Simson, RedBalloon Founding Director, (2015) MARCELA PRESECAN AROUND THE WORLD
  • 34. 33SEPTEMBER 2015 with the same access to the company’s vision, strategy and business performance plan. Company management believes that transparency better enables both team and individuals to actively contribute to the success of the organization. Organizational alignment is paramount in the achievement of ambitious company goals: In 2004, the founder of RedBalloon, Naomi Simson, and her team set the valiant goal to provide the company’s gifting experience to 10% of all Australians, within a 10-year range. That meant that, by 2015, 2 million people would benefit from RedBaloon’s services. However, what seemed impossible to the team, at that time, actually materialized two years short of the 2015 target, as a result of strategic consistency and staff commitment to the company’s core values. Key Performance Indicators drive strategy and vision throughout the whole organization: In her blog post entitled Six things to do to make sure you have a great day at work, Naomi Simson states that: “At itscorewell-beingisbecominganeconomic indicator for productivity […],” thus casting further emphasis on employee happiness as a key strategic driver for performance. Cascading KPIs gives employees accountability for growth in the capacity of their teams: RedBalloon commits itself to the measurement of organizational – # Employee Net Promoter Score – team and individual KPIs. Balancing KPIs prompts employees in also taking ownership for the quality of theirresults:RedBaloonbalancesindividual KPIs with “personal promises.” These are a measure of the individual’s contribution to the strategic plan of the organization. Reward and recognition platforms are majorcontributorstoengagementoutcomes: In their search of a performance indicator that would engage the whole sales team in achieving their targets, RedBalloon came up with the “Wishlist” initiative. It entailed that each of the company’s employees create a personal Wishlist with their most desired experiences out of RedBallons’ 2500 proposals. Throughout their activity, each employee receives points respective to the achievement of their KPI targets. Whishlists are updated every time employees receive points from their managers, telling them how much closer they are to achieving their dream. In addition, Oscars are awarded to team members that faithfully follow the company’s values, and a Dream Catcher Wall enables RedBalloon managers to commit to a personalized framework for incentives. There is a point to this case study when we come to ponder on the relevance of # Employee engagement when it comes to performance management. And, if the RedBalloon success story hasn’t been enough, here is a quick side-analysis. Engaged employees work in favor of % Staff retention. % Staff retention increases % Employee advocacy which, in turn, leads to elevated chances of attracting key talent into the organization. # Employee engagement boosts productivity, which further impacts $ Sales and $ Turnover in positive ways. Happy employees secure happy customers. Happy customers trigger an increase in # Customer satisfaction. # Customer satisfactionpositivelyinfluences#Customer loyalty and # Customer advocacy. Because of the growth in $ Sales, $ Turnover and # Customersatisfaction,theprofitabilityofthe companyskyrocketed.Inconclusion,thereis one word that summarized the contribution that successful employee engagement strategies make to the field of performance management, and that is…inestimable. Engagement Capability is the ability and readiness of an organisation and its managers to successfully engage their staff RedBalloon, Employee Engagement Capabilities Report 2013 AROUND THE WORLD
  • 35. SEPTEMBER 201534 EXTERNAL ANALYSIS. WHAT TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES CAN WE USE? Porter’s Five Forces business management model PAUL ALBU STRATEGY POTENTIAL COMPETITORS1 BARGAININGPOWER OFSUPPLIERS3 COMPETITIVE RIVALRY4 SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES5 BARGAININGPOWER OFBUYERS2
  • 36. 35SEPTEMBER 2015 In today’s competitive market, having a good strategy can differentiate success from failure. Of course, to a certain extent every company has a strategy regarding the objectives it wants to achieve, but the difference between a successful and an unsuccessful strategy lies in the steps taken when formulating it. As expected, the first step is essential, namely the external analysis. In order to facilitate this process, organizations can deploy a number of tools to perform an external analysis thoroughly. any companies nowadays deploy a business model, which may differ from one organization to another. Porter’s business model is used by strategy consultants in order to study the threats and advantages a company has within its respective industry. What is a business model? To better understand what a business model is, the 2 terms, “business” and “model”, can be explained separately, using the accessible definitions provided by the Cambridge Learner’s Dictionary: Business: the activity of buying and selling goods and services, or a particular company thatdoesthis,orworkyoudotoearnmoney. Model: a representation of something, either as a physical object which is usually smaller than the real object, or as a simple description of the object which might be used in calculations. So, in general, as Alexander Osterwalder (2004) states in The Business Model Ontology, a business model represents an abstract comprehension of the way a company makes money: what it offers, to whom does it offer and how can it accomplish its purpose. In his article Business Models for Electronic Market, Paul Timmers (1998) defines the business model as: An architecture for the product, service and information, including a description of the various business actors and their roles; A description of the potential benefits for the various business actors; A description of the revenue sources. Porter’s five forces model Porter’s five forces model is a business model that managers can use to analyze the opportunities and threats posed by an industry to a specific business. As the name states, the model focuses on 5 different forces that can influence the direction of a business. John F. Rice is one of the many theoreticians who explained the five forces, in his 2010 report Adaptation of Porter’s five forces model to risk management. According to the specific literature, firstly there is the risk of entry by potential competitors. They represent companies which are not currently competing in an industry, but have the resources to do so if they choose. A recent example can be Apple, which manufactured computers but entered the phone industry a few years ago it because it had the necessary resources. Companies that activate in a certain industry may prevent potential competitors from entering, because the more the companies, the harder it becomes for an established organization to have the same profits and market share. Secondly, there is the bargaining power of buyers. In any commercial act, there are 2 type of buyers: the individual buyer (the end user) who consumes the product, or other organization who distributes the company’s product to the individual buyer. For example, a company that produces bread can sell the product to different retailers, which will therefore sell the bread to the end user. Ifthebuyerhasastrongbargainingpower, it will influence the company to lower its product’s price, while maintaing its high quality. This will lead to an increase in cost and decrease in profits for the company. If the situation is reversed, a company can gain an increase in profits by lowering costs and reducing the product quality. Thirdly, the bargaining power of suppliers can have an extensive influence. Suppliers are organizations that provide inputs to the company. They can supply the company with materials, services or labor. If the supplier possesses a high bargaining power, they will influence the cost of the company’s product. Alternatively, the company itself can benefit from the bargaining power, if it is able to choose from a wide range of suppliers. Rivalry among established companies within an industry is the fourth force in Porter’s five forces model, and it refers to the competitors from within the same industry, which can influence the product sold by the company. This can be done by a competitor firm through its product innovation, advertising campaigns, or competitive strategy. To understand, let’s imagine that Samsung decided to produce a bigger smartphone, a decision that could also influence Apple to develop a bigger smartphone in order to remain competitive in the market. The last force refers to the substitutes to an industry’s products, the existence of another product within the industry which can replace the company’s product. For example, for the companies that were producing alarm clocks, their product was replaced by smartphones, because they have integrated the alarm feature. In Porter’s five forces business model, these forces may have different values for influencing the business. For example, if a rival company lowers its prices, the bargaining power of suppliers force will have less value because the company must adopt a different strategy in order to remain competitive in the industry, be it an aggressive strategy (lowering its product’s price), a defensive or a conservative one. Porter’s five forces model can only be a point in deciding what strategy a company should adopt. Other frameworks that can be used to create the strategy of a business are, in John Rice’s opinion, the value chain, SWOT analysis, PESTEL or the gap map, tools that shall be explained in details in the future issues. STRATEGY
  • 37. SEPTEMBER 201536 intention but, as Bodet also concludes, this is restricted to an individual who only has one purchasing option, so its applicability is limited. The third group, “tended to reveal a weak or insignificant relationship between satisfaction and repurchase behavior,” as explained by the same Bodet. As stated in above, customer satisfaction should only be an intermediary objective of every organization, whereas triggering a loyalbehavioramongtheircustomersshould bepartoftheirlongterm/strategicobjective. Thisassumptionisbasedonthedifferences that exist between certain attitudes and behaviors of a satisfied customer, versus those of a loyal one. The satisfaction level is, most of the times, related to a certain product, transaction or interaction. As a result, growing the customer’s satisfaction can be an easy to achieve target, but keeping it at high levels is a rather difficult task. The satisfied customers tend to stay with the supplier only until a better alternative makes itself present. The customers’ loyalty, on the other hand, describes a behavior, not just an attitude. It is significantly more difficult to grow, but it is very slow to decline as well. This behavior translated into several levels of commitment towards the company, each one encompassing its own benefits. First of all, loyal customers are prone to stay by their favorite organization’s side when the business might not be flourishing. Even more important than that, they will be the ones who will make sure to let others know when things are on the right track in their relationship with the respective organization.Thefinallevelofcommitment, however, is when they recommend the organization in a proactive manner and out of their own initiative. This is what we refer to as customer advocacy and it constitutes the basis for sustained profitability and growth, as it allows organizations to predict the behavior and attitudes of their current customers. By being able to do so, they will have an undeniable advantage against those competitors who base their decisions on the changing behavior of a non-loyal pull of customers. Examples of companies that are recognized world-wide for their loyal customers are: E-bay, Four Seasons, Apple, Amazon, Zappos or Harley Davidson. Fred Reichheld, the author of the The Ultimate Question 2.0 (2011) book argues that Harley Davidson is one of the brands with the highest number of loyal customers, although there are very few research studies that highlight this. This conclusion is based on the fact that Harley Davidson’s logo is the most tattooed logo on people’s body. Reichheld argues that co-branding their personal reputation is the ultimate way in which one person can show his/her loyalty towards that brand. This obviously says a lot about the buying preferences, attitudes and behaviors of those customers. To conclude, both maximizing customer satisfaction as well as increasing customer loyalty should be a target for all businesses which are aiming at a long-term profitable growth. The brand loyalty is directly linked to the repeated satisfaction of customers, and can only be achieved by having a performant Customer Service capability that does more than solely minimizing customer complaints; it gives their customers the right reasons for them to become advocates of that organization! Decreasing the number of complaints by improving the quality of the products, or the services offered – is what a lot of organizations understand about how to do customer service, in particular, and business, in general. But are satisfied customers sufficient for the company’s long-term profitable growth? Or do they need something else? his article discusses the important relationship between customer satisfaction and customer loyalty, and argues that the former should be viewed only as a short-term goal, whereas customer loyalty and advocacy should be the strategic objective of all those organizations that want to differentiate themselves and to ensure their long-term survival on the market. Although the two go hand in hand, the latter should be the ultimate goal of all businesses. Within the existing literature, there are three main understandings of the relationship between customer satisfaction and customer loyalty. The first one, brought forward by researchers like Anderson, Heskett or Rust and Zahorik states that “satisfaction [is] an antecedent of customer loyalty, which in turn influences the firms’ profitability,” as noted by Guillame Bodet in his work, Customer satisfaction and loyalty in service: Two concepts, four constructs, several relationships (2008). The second line of thought, whose main promoter was Pierre Chandon, is mainly focused on the individual re-purchasing From satisfied customers to brand advocates MARIA DESMONS-MACREA CUSTOMERSATISFACTION
  • 38. 37SEPTEMBER 2015 Monitoring Healthcare Information Systems with Key Performance Indicators RAMONA GLIGOREA HIS KPIs “As a computerized system that is designed to meet all the information needs within a hospital” Karen Wager, Frances Lee and John Glaser Wager Quality Efficiency Software + Architecture + Interface Information Management hroughout the years, the healthcare industry has become increasingly more complex due to technological and medical evolution and, as a result, it is characterized today by an overwhelming amount of information. Therefore, hospitals require an efficient information system that will enable the proper management of all these requirements. Investing in hospital information systems The number of investments in hospital information systems (HIS) has increased, as paper medical records have become cumbersome and difficult to manage. A hospital information system can be defined, according to Karen Wager, Frances Lee and John Glaser Wager (2009), “as a computerized system that is designed to meet all the information needs within a hospital” The primary goal of HIS is to support hospital activities at different levels, by using computers and other equipment for collecting, processing, storing and communicating both patient related information and administrative data on all hospital activities. Other goals refer to improving staff efficiency, or removing unnecessary procedures. KPIs for hospital information systems Monitoring HIS with Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) will help reflect the quality and efficiency of information logistics. There is a variety of KPIs that can be used to assess the technical quality of HIS, software quality, architecture and interface quality and so forth. Some KPI examples are listed below, adapted from a 2009 benchmarking study (Hübner-Bloder & Ammenwerth), called Key Performance Indicators to Benchmark Hospital Information Systems, conducted for the Institute for Health Information Systems. Technical quality KPIs % Health information system (HIS) availability # Response time of HIS # HIS data loss rate # Restore time of HIS Software quality KPIs % Functional coverage of HIS software # Time needed for standard functions # Software maturity level # Software updates/upgrades duration Architecture and Interface quality KPIs # Interfaces between HIS systems # Clinical department using an own subsystem for documentation # Time to connect subsystems that have standard interfaces # Double interfaces When it comes to selecting and monitoring KPIs to track the performance of the information system they have in place, healthcare organizations should focus on selecting the most relevant ones, specific to their needs and according to the objectives established. KPI
  • 39. SEPTEMBER 201538 n sports, as in most human endeavors, preparation is the key to success. It is just this time last year that we witnessed one of the best examples in this matter, offered by the German national team (DFB). It seems that, in preparing for the 2014 World Cup, DFB left nothing to chance. “Naturally it is our goal to reach the pinnacle there. We will prepare ourselves like a world champion. I also think that we, because of the last four years, are among the favourites. We face up to this task and we put this pressure onto ourselves.” These were the words of Joachim Löw at the end of 2013, as conveyed in a 2014 article by The Telegraph. They resonate with Tom Coughlin’s press conference statement, made before the New York Giants won against New England Patriots in Super bowl XLVI: “humble enough to prepare, confident enough to perform”. What was so special about Germany’s preparation for the 2014 World Cup? In one word transformational, not through the ingredients in themselves, but through how they were combined into integrated performance: 1. Environment for team cohesion – custom holiday resort Campo Bahia is a custom made training camp, complete with housing units, floodlit SPORTS PERFORMANCE TRAINING TRANSFORMED: The German national team at the 2014 World Cup AUREL BRUDAN ORGANIZATIONALPERFORMANCE FIFA regulation training pitch, outdoor swimming pool, spa, and lounge, dining area, fitness center, media center and an auditorium for team meetings. Having all facilities available on site meant avoiding hour long commutes from a hotel to and from a training facility. It also offered privacy and a sense of community among the players. While having their own space, being housed in groups of 6 in a villa, they also interacted in the many common spaces available across the resort. According to left- back Benedikt Höwedes, as quoted by The Telegraph: “This village has been a major factor in building up the special team spirit in the group today.”. Reportedly, 23 tons of luggage and equipment were shipped in preparation for Germany’s stay during the World Cup tournament. 2.Acclimatization–selectingtheright climate to train With group games scheduled in hotter cities in the north of the country and other games scheduled in the cooler conditions of the country’s costal south, the team had to select a base location that would facilitate acclimatization and recovery. It was considered that it would be preferable to move from warmer to colder conditions rather than the other way around, hence the location of the base, 682 miles from Rio de Janeiro.
  • 40. 39SEPTEMBER 2015 3. Fitness training – miCoach elite team system from Adidas and EXOS An advanced physiological monitoring system,miCoachincludesasmallPLAYER_ CELL device worn by the players which measures the speed, distance, acceleration, heart rate, and power of every athlete in training. Data can be immediately analyzed by fitness trainers and the team doctor, as well as post-sessions for in-depth analysis. Darcy Norman from EXOS presents the potential of learning from such data: “Just as there are many ways to accumulate distance, each position and how the player plays their position during drills, is different. For example, a defensive midfielder may make theeffortoracceleratetocoverabigdistance at speed but may only go 5-10 meters and then have to stop and change direction. In contrast,anoutsidedefender–basedonhow they play and the team’s tactics — may cover a greater distance at speed. Both movements are important and relative to the position. Keeping this in mind, those stats need to be lookedatinthecontextofthegameandhow thecoachwantseachplayertoperform.Fora defensivemidfielder,wemaylookatdistance in relation to the number of accelerations theymade,whilewemaylookatthedistance covered, distance at high intensity, and the number of sprints for an outside defender.” Monitoringgoesasfarastrackingmineral deficiencies, VO2 max (a measure of the body’s ability to transport oxygen during exercise), napping patterns and hours of sleep for the previous night, at player level. Beforethetournament,Germanyhada10- day preparation camp in a secluded village about 1,000 meters (3,300 feet) above sea level in the Italian Alps. Training at altitude stimulatestheproductionofoxygen-carrying red blood cells that increase stamina. 4. Determination – Nervenstarke Shad Forsythe, an American fitness coach working for the German National team through EXOS, declared the following in an interview published in Sports Illustrated: “Confidence comes from knowing that physically they are ready for this.“. The combination of physical fitness and mental strength, was also acknowledged by AlejandroSabella,theArgentinacoach,before the 14 July 2014 final: “The Germans have alwaysshownphysicalmight,tacticalpowers, and mental force.” (The Telegraph, 2014) 5. Game data and analytics – SAP MatchInsightssolutionrunningonthe SAP HANA platform According to an SAP and DFB joint press release from June 2014, the solution is intended to facilitate the analysis of training, preparationandtournaments.Italsointends to enable coaches and scouts to process vast amounts of data to find and assess key situations in each match to improve player and team performance. Oliver Bierhoff, manager of the German nationalfootballteamillustrateditspotential in number crunching “In just 10 minutes, 10 players with three balls can produce over 7 million data points. SAP HANA can process these in real time. With SAP, our team can analyze this huge amount of data to customize training and prepare for the next match.” Software alone is not sufficient in processing such vast amounts of data. The federation has 40 sports science students helpingitsiftthroughdataoneachopponent, according to Folha de Sao Paulo newspaper. A system this detailed has never been utilized in soccer before and its debut at the World Cup has clearly been influential. After the completion of the World Cup in Brazil, SAP plans to offer the Match Insights program to other football federations as well as club teams. On and off the pitch, the German national team’s performance at the 2014 World Cup was inspirational. It illustrates key ingredients to success: preparation, innovation, determination. The way they were integrated in the ramp-up of the 14 July 2014 game sets to change the way sports performance training is approached... And not only! Naturally, it is our goal to reach the pinnacle there. We will prepare ourselves like a world champion.
  • 41. SEPTEMBER 201540 BALANCED SCORECARD SYSTEMS One road towards automation MARCELA PRESECAN the process of implementing a Balanced Scorecard System ourselves leads us to the scrutiny presented in the table herewith. Automated scorecard solutions are exemplary ways of managing vast amounts of information related to the performance management system of an organization. Although their contribution to an effective strategy execution is significant, they might not always be cost-effective. The small and medium sized business Balanced Scorecard practitioners may be forced to use desktop publishing tools in order to control their spending. Even in the case of larger companies, deploying a Balanced Scorecard System across the entire organization can be costly, when the new releases, trainings and maintenance fees are finally added. But before renouncing the idea of implementing a Balanced Scorecard proficient software into your organization, consider the fact that such an investment can be beneficial. Building your own Scorecard solution is not without strain. Extensive programming might be needed for efficient data management and collection. Manual data feeding may become inconsistent with business requirements and growing databases, as well as a burden for employees who are unable to supply data for their measures. Ultimately, Balanced Scorecard automation depends on the readiness of the organization to implement it and to manage information the best way it can, and finds, suited for achieving success. BSC from the rapid ascent of information technology, organizations began to acknowledge the substance of automation. The different stages and various approaches of Balanced Scorecard Systems’ automation have revealed a number of prevalent products that serve this purpose, as adapted from The Microsoft Balanced Scorecard Framework (2002): Automated spreadsheets: widely used tools to track performance within a Balanced Scorecard System; Balanced Scorecard templates: internally developed Balanced Scorecard designs, created with the use of desktop publishing tools; Business Intelligence (BI) Products: Scorecard automation software products that provide the organization with the technological architecture for structured reporting and intricate analysis; ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) Applications: Balanced Scorecard software, which creates extensive databases to facilitate reporting and decision making; Balanced Scorecard stand-alone applications: software solution that provides unique presentation layers of collected data and subsequent statistics; Balanced Scorecard Frameworks: a complete set of tools and methods designed and developed by software providers to enable the deployment of the Balanced Scorecard Systems at all levels of an organization. A further analysis into the reasons for choosing one against the other, during ince the early 1990s, Balanced Scorecard practitioners have strived to optimize its successful implementation. The business environment has suffered tremendous changes since Kaplan and Norton first included the concept in their books. The ascent of information technology was beginning to influence all operationalandnon-operationalprocesses, and organizations started benefitting from a technology-based change, which created the proper environment for applying emergent performance management tools. Balanced Scorecard pioneers prided themselves on using spreadsheet-based paper reports to master the functionalities of the concept, without putting pressure on the company’s budget. However, the full potential of the Balanced Scorecard was yet to be discovered. The demand for alignment brought the incremental need for cascading the BSC at all levels of the organization. Employees needed to be united in their efforts to achieve the overall vision and mission, as well as the organization’s strategic goals and objectives. The organizational Scorecard was, therefore, complemented by the implementation of departmental and individual Scorecards, all of which purposefully communicated data and monitoring results. The vast amount of information flow became overwhelming for manual processing, while significantly increasing the cost of Balanced Scorecard development, in the same time. Profiting
  • 42. 41SEPTEMBER 2015 Automated spreadsheets Balanced Scorecard templates Balanced Intelligence (BI) Products ERP Applications BSC Applications BSC Frameworks Quick to configure Easily accesible Simultaneous use by multiple users Excellent for collecting and structuring hard data Great with analytics Good presentation layer Cost effective Suited to the internal technological structure Creative formatting Very good at leveraging with transactional systems Single data source Easy configuration Extensive database Personalized portals for employees Operational tools Leverage Existing systems Innovative funcitionalities Links to e-mails, calendars Multiple versions of the truth Lack of control over data ownership Abiguous user access rights Inability to connect to data sources Limited data sharing Directs focus to available data rather than strategic objectives Hard to manage non-numeric information High cost when deployed within the entire organization Limited when working with multiple data sources Do not easily integrate with existing structures A short term soluction Feeble structure ERP-centric Not well suited for integrating external data Heavy database structure High costs Incremental costs with deployment May require training on proficient use Pros Cons BALANCED SCORECARD designed by Freepik.com
  • 43. SEPTEMBER 201542 AUTHENTIZOTIC ORGANIZATIONS: The solution for low engagement levels RAMONA GLIGOREA INDIVIDUAL PERFORMANCE he importance of individuals’ psychologicalwell-beingfortheproper inner functioning of any organization should be one of the main topics addressed by every manager of this era. And this is directly related to creating workplaces that are healthy, where people find meaning in what they do and are captivated by their daily activities. Once a year since numerous publications, such as the Fortune Magazine, come up with lists of top most admired American companies, based on criteria such as: the quality of management, innovation, commitment to ensuring a healthy environment and so forth. But does admiration answer the question: Are these companies the healthiest places to work for? It remains uncertain whether the most admiredorganizationsarealsothehealthiest places to work in. More revealing, from this perspective, are the best companies to work for ranking, that are also published on a yearly basis and, this time, the criteria taken into account is the employees’ great pride to work for certain companies, a sense of camaraderie, trust in management, a sense of meaning, belonging, and enjoyment. Organizations where you can find all the human needs mentioned above are what the author Manfred Kets de Vries describes as authentizotic companies, in his “Creating authentizotic organizations: Well-functioning individuals in vibrant organizations,” (2001) study. According to his theory, the lack of employees’ engagement is a recent phenomenon which is closely connected to changes within the working environment. The label authentizotic is derived from two Greek words: authenteekos and zoteekos. The former emphasizes the idea that the organization is authentic – as a workplace label, authenticity implies that the organization evokes admiration for employees through its vision, mission, values, culture, and its original structure. The term zoteekos refers to something that is vital to life – in the organizational context,itdescribesthewayinwhichpeople are invigorated by their work. Employees in organizations that can be easily labeled as zoteekos feel a sense of balance and completeness. So what exactly do authentizotic companies do different? Some of the world’s most respected companies – world-class authentizotic companies – are globally recognizable: GeneralMotor,Microsoft,BritishPetroleum, Wal-Mart, and IBM are just a few examples. Many of the managers leading these organizations have fostered a strong sense of purpose for their employees, while simultaneously implementing the process necessary for global extension of their business. On the course of their own search for meaning, these leaders have created a strong vision that clarifies what the organization stands for, highlights the company’s fundamental purpose for existence, and recognizestheimportanceofeachemployee’s contribution to the company’s success. When it comes to hiring new employees, these organizations are very selective, wanting to be sure that the new hires will embrace the values of the company. In an authentizotic company, the management communicates in a clear way not only how things have to happen, but also why they should happen. Aiming to foster a sense of belonging, these organizations favor an amoeba-type structure, according to Kets de Vries (2001), – when units become too large, they are split, or smaller companies are created, within the umbrella of a larger company structure, in order to form flexible units and allow all employees to relate and interact with each other. Authentizotic companies try to minimize hierarchical differences and become flat organizations, spreading responsibility throughout the entire company. Manfred Kiets de Vries is his book “The leadership mystique: Leading Behavior in the human enterprise” (2006), presented authentizoticcompaniesasbeingresponsible to provide the “A.I.R.” necessary to foster innovation: A – Give employees Autonomy to encourage creativity; I – Encourage Interaction between employees to create synergy; R – Recognize employees’ contribution to company’s success. Basic motivational needs, those that we can simplistically label as love, fun, and meaning, are at the heart of authentizotic organizations, as well as at the heart of employees’ engagement. A MAGIC formula, proposed by Tracy Maylett and Paul Warner in the MAGIC: Five Keys to UnlockthePowerofEmployeeEngagement (2014) publication, works by encouraging the implementation of measures designed to increase meaning, autonomy, growth, impact, and connection, measures which will eventually lead to employees’ high level of engagement. Because authentizotic companies strive for a low level of organizational stress (the consequences of stress are reflected in high levels of absenteeism, performance decline, conflicts and so on), and help their employees maintain an effective balance between personal and organizational life, authentizotic companies are and remain the organizations we need to hope, and aim for. SEPTEMBER 201542
  • 44. 43SEPTEMBER 2015 THE 5 W’S OF DATA ANALYSIS MIHAI PACULEA n the road to developing a strategic plan destined to determine and improve either the general performance of an organization, or performance within a particular department, specific tools have proved themselves to be very useful for assessing the current situation, and taking the next logical steps towards achieving the objectives set. One of the most used and most useful tools, when properly applied, is data analysis, due to the clear and precise insights an organization can gain from it. However, as it happens too often, data analysis is mistakenly taken as a collection of data generated only by a specific cause and reflecting just a restricted segment of a given reality. If this is the manner in which an organization envisions data analysis, then it restricts this tool, without benefitting from the many advantages it can provide. Still, performance improvement is a continuous process and the manner in which data analysis is used by an organization is not excluded from it. In order to exploit the complete advantages of this tool, a better understanding of data analysis is required. In the following you can find answers to 5 of the most common questions regarding data analysis, more precisely what it is, why is it so useful, what kind of results it generates, who is the most appropriate person to apply such a tool and, finally, if there is a time when data analysis should or should not be used. What is Data Analysis? Briefly explained, data analysis is defined as the process of researching, organizing, and manipulating data in order to bring out useful information. BusinessDictionary.com expands this concept, defining data analysis as “the process of evaluating data using analytical and logical reasoning to examine each component of the data provided. This form of analysis is just one of the many steps that must be completed when conducting a research experiment. Data from various sources is gathered, reviewed, and then analyzed to form some sort of finding or conclusion. There is a wide variety of specific data analysis methods, some of which include data mining, text analytics, Business Intelligence and data visualizations.” Why we should analyze data? Data analysis helps organizations extract meaning from available data, transforming a pile of unwieldy information, such as a pile of figures, into valuable knowledge. Data analysis differentiates the scientist from the general population as it prevents him from making largely unsubstantiated claims, or assumptions, often concluded from chance occurrences. Also, data analysis is not always about statistical significance. A distinction is often made between statistical significance, on the one hand, and practical / clinical significance, on the other hand. Consequently, it is not a matter of statistical significance or nothing at all. After all, anything can achieve statistical significance if the sample size is large enough. Benefits of analyzing data: It shows any significant changes than might have occurred in the dependent variable (KPI) that the organization hoped to influence; It uncovers factors that may be associated with changes in the dependent variable (KPI); It shows connections between, or among, various factors that may have an effect on the KPI; It can offer credible reasons to show stakeholders that the project / program in question is successful or that the organization was able to exceed limitations; It can determine reasons/factors that made related work more effective / less effective than expected; It helps the organization learn from the past and prevent a recurring set of causes that are known to generate a negative effect; It measures the impact of the initiative/ program implementation on the KPI, variable. What results does data analysis generate? Data analysis outcomes can be divided into 3 main categories: a) Short-Term Outcomes: the most significant part includes change in the skills, attitudes, and knowledge of the decision makers / influencers. b) Medium-Term Outcomes: this sub- categoryconsistsofchangesinbehaviorand decision making. c) Long-Term Outcomes: long-term outcomes mainly comprise the persistence of behaviors and broader lifestyle changes. Who is in charge of data analysis? The most appropriate person to conduct the data analysis process in an organization is the Data Analyst who is responsible with the analysis of performance measures, process optimizations, cause analysis, as well as with drawing reports for decision makers. If the organization does not have a Data Analyst, the next most appropriate person in a company is the departmental manager, who can analyze data and create reports, either for decision makers or for themselves, as a department. When you should use data analysis? Data analysis can be used whenever an organization, or a person needs to take the best decisions based on facts, to better understand the causes that have led to a negative / positive impact on the performance measures, to gain in-depth understanding of a process flow, to discover how to optimize a process, how to minimize the risks or mitigate them etc. When appropriately analyzed, data always offers clear and precise information which highlights the path that must be taken in order to reach the desired results. Data analysis comprises succinctly valuable knowledge, supported by facts. Otherwise, when this tool is ignored or misused, such information may be found spread over an unnecessary length. The danger, in this case, is that it leaves room for interpretation and might lead to possible erroneous decisions. DATAANALYSIS
  • 45. SEPTEMBER 201544 but should also be aware of all the potential external crisis lurking around the corner. The importance of the change pattern When changes occur, which they do, they disrupt the status quo equilibrium, and measures need to follow suit in order to readjust the situation, and reach a renewed state of balance. Predicting and preparing for changes will not prevent them from happening, will not even guarantee success, but they will, however, reduce the time of reaction and eliminate the surprise element which produces confusion during the decision-making process. The change sequence pattern tells us that things happen in a cycle of linked events. Furthermore, each type, or sub-type of change enables a prediction of additional patterns of societal response to change, namely, uniformities of societal behavior in relationtochange.Byknowingthepertaining culture of an organization, the surrounding environmentanditsextremes,anyleadership team can gain a greater control of changes that are yet to happen. Types of change and stages of development There are four types of changes known to man, as provided by Lowell Juilliard Carr in Disaster and the Sequence-Pattern Concept ofSocialChange(1932),namely:population changes,culturalchanges,relationalchanges and, finally, catastrophic changes. No matter what type we are dealing with, comparative and analytical studies, such as theabove-mentionedpaper,havebrought to surfaceasequentialpatternthateachchange bringsalong.Itconsistsof4individualphases that reoccur with every change. The initial phase of change is called a precipitating or initiating event, and it is considered to be a trigger which enfolds the ensuing episodes. The trigger event disrupts thebalance.Thisisthesecondphase,entitled dislocated adjustment. Traditionally, this stage is the one that, ultimately, makes the difference between successfully controlling such a situation and completely failing to grasp it. It is a phase of chaos and confusion, nonetheless, when true, good leadership becomes obvious and indispensable. The following phases refer to readjustment and renewed equilibrium, and are heavily dependentonhowthesecondstagehasbeen dealt with. The dislocated adjustment phase Catastrophes, whether man induced or natural, are the single events that clearly highlight the sequences recognized in change patterns, mostly due to the reduced timeframebetweeneventoccurrence,action and reaction. The tragedy surrounding the World Trade Center event has cast, at some extent, a shadow on the prompt reaction of the New York emergency response departments. However, their crisis management strategies have reduced, even if to a small extent, the proportions of an even greater disaster. The PREDICT FUTURE CRISIS BY RECOGNIZING ITS CHANGE-PATTERN DIANA ZARNESCU hange, in all of its forms, is certainly an inherent feature of societal development.Aswelladaptedaswemightbe to our surrounding environment and habits thisis,nonetheless,atemporarysituationthat iseitherinthecourseofchanging,orisabout to change. Understanding and predicting change is as important as handling it and controlling its outcomes. Predictive analysis in times of crisis becomes the lifeboat that will safely carry its passengers ashore. Understanding current changes Pinpointing the meaning and course taken by contemporary changes is a shot in the dark situation, blurred not only by incomplete access to information, but also by the interfering subjectivity of those involved. Thus, it becomes obvious why some of the current controversies repeatedly fail to be dealt with, such as the battle for global warming recognition. Such cases also highlight the impossibility of grasping the real consequences these changes will bring along. If the results of global warming, for example,couldbeenvisionedbeforetheywill come into existence, perhaps more counter- reactive measures would be imposed to reduce the aftermath effects. The question that arises, at this point, is where, and how does a company fit into this context? An organization today is infinitely more exposed and more sensitive to changes than the individual is. Therefore, it should be prepared to face not only internal crisis, whichcrisismanagementmainlyfocuseson, RISKMANAGEMENT designed by Freepik.com
  • 46. 45SEPTEMBER 2015 2015 Sewol ferry capsizing, however, is an example of the impairing consequences that slow response to change brings along. Because authorities were unprepared and reacted slowly, a possible search and rescue operation was compromised, giving way to grim consequences. The above examples, although unconnected, reveal the result of reactive measures taken during the second phase, the dislocated adjustment sequence. In the first case, the time since the triggering event occurred, until the time when corrective measures were taken, was extremely little. Hence, the situation was handled as best as it could have been in this given case, and the level of preparation for such events was satisfactory.IntheSewolferrycase,however, the time of reaction was large, the level of confusion was high, and the measures taken failedtoreducetheextentofthecatastrophe. The conclusion that arises from these eventsis,asCarrpointsout,that“themanner of reaction after any type of change relies on a society’s culture, morale, leadership in additiontothespeed,scope,complexityand violence of change.” Change control challenges Some might question as to why the focus in the change pattern isn’t concentrated on the triggeringevent,thefirstphasethatgenerates and drives the change. The argument here is that the driver of contemporary changes is very hard to pinpoint. Even though, in some cases, such as naturalcalamities,thedriverisobvious,most of the times, however, it remains hidden. The precipitating event can be represented by everything from a declaration of war, to something less obvious, like a birth, a death, or a public speech. For this reason, statistical analysis of historical data is of no predictive value,asitcannotrelyonlessonslearntfrom past events and experiences. Although no organization, or any other entity, can prevent all changes from taking placeanddisruptingtheirequilibrium,some measures can still be set in place to increase thelevelofpreparation,toreducethetimeof response, and to provide the right decisions, at the proper time. However, it is impossible tosketchastandardizedstrategyofresponse to suit all types of changes, as aspects may vary according to culture, geography, and nature of the occurring change. A change management framework The EU provides an extensive framework of its attempt to control, as much as possible, events that have not happened yet, in its “Improving aftermath crisis management in the European Union” (2012) report. The purpose is to “reinforce effectiveness, efficiency, coherence and visibility of EU disaster response, shifting from ad hoc response to a (more) predictable, pre- planned, pre-arranged system.” The report provides a framework and further recommendations for an extended range of possible changes that might strike EU’s nations in the future, alongside preventive measures, reactive measures and so on. However, EU’s Crisis Management Commission points out that its plan is, and must remain, flexible, in order to continuously incorporate new strategies, new techniques and technologies as they are developed and tested. However, the report is dense as the possibilities of potential crisis hitting EU membernationsarenumerous,tosaytheleast. Theimportantaspectheredoesnotfallonthe measures selected or the classifications made, as these are disputable according to their circumstances. The most important aspect is that it is vital to keep this framework open to include new technologies, new measures, but also new risks that arise in time. Ultimately, change is unavoidable and it will eventually strike. What happens next, however, can be controlled, either successfully or not. Preparation is the central idea in such cases, as it will close the gaps between the time when the change is triggered and the time when measures are taken. Additionally, preparation, alongside the existence of a coherent strategy, reduces the pressure of the moment and eliminates the confusion surrounding unexpected events. Thus, decisions implemented further-on will, more likely, provide the desired results. RISK MANAGEMENT
  • 47. SEPTEMBER 201546 FOR DESIGNING EFFECTIVE DASHBOARDS THE 4 RULES MANUEL HILA OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE Designing an individual graph may prove difficult, to a certain extent. The degree of difficulty increases considerably when faced with the challenge of designing a dashboard. This is because a dashboard combines a large, often dissimilar collection of information, which can easily become cluttered. Defining dashboards Dashboards are, by definition, a visual interface that provides at- a-glance insight into key measures that are relevant to a particular objective or business process. Essentially, a dashboard has three key attributes: It displays data graphically; It only displays data that is relevant to the dashboard’s purpose; It contains predefined conclusions, relevant to the dashboard’s purpose, and relieves the reader from having to perform his own analysis. Designing dashboards Before starting to design a dashboard, regardless of what its objective might be, a prime key step will be to collect user requirements. These user requirements include defining your audience, data sources and key performance indicators (KPIs), along with refreshing schedules, data governance and so on. As dashboards can be effective and can provide the user with the required information, the question becomes: How can you design a dashboard that works for you? Choosing the KPIs that matter Keep it visual Allow users to explore Update Regularly A first consideration when designing a dashboard is to identify and choose the metrics that really matter out of the vast sea of metrics. For selecting the few metrics that have the privilege of occupying a spot on the dashboard, the following questions need to be answered: How does the metric contribute to the purpose of the dashboard? Can the data, either internal or external, shed light on the monitored processes? Canthemetricbedesignedto measure those contributions? Can the metric be built as a systematic and on-going means of measurement? To enhance the viewer’s information absorption, the dashboard could be enhanced through increasing the speed with which data is comprehended by others. This prompts for displaying the information in a visual manner, rather than number-based tables or text. It also provides an aid in decision-making. Some of the most common visuals used in dashboards are bar graphs, line graphs, heat maps, and scatterplots that have a bigger impact on the viewer, mainly because they are clear, intuitive and people know how to read them.Also when designing dashboards, emphasize on the use of colors, shapes, lines, thickness, and otherprecognitiveattributesthat our brain instantly recognizes. For this, you need to research what colors, shapes and sizes will compliment your content and illustrate it appropriately. A step further in designing an effective dashboard, provided that it already has relevant metricsandisvisuallyengaging, is to offer the opportunity for the viewer to dive deep in the presented data. As everybody is looking at the metrics’ visual representation, each person may have unique questions about what they see. Therefore, create the dashboard in a manner that allows users to interact with it and get the answers they seek. Therearenumerouspossibilities for this, like the option to filter views, adjust parameters or to provide a historical overview. Ensure that the metrics which deserve a spot on the dashboard are constantly and correctly updated to reflect current business results. An effective dashboard allows viewers to make faster and smarter decisions. These decisions are based on the data presented in the dashboards which, if outdated, is no longer representative or relevant for the current situation. There are several best practices that need to be taken into consideration when designing a dashboard.
  • 48. 47SEPTEMBER 2015 public health practices supported by mobile devices. The field is emerging at a very fast pace and there are about 100,000 mHealth apps at the moment, all available on various platforms. Digital games represent an important advancement of mHealth currently availabletoconsumers.Itbecameachievable through the combination of Internet and mobile devices. The use and effect of these intermediates between medical specialists and games have been researched by Maged N. Kamel Boulos et.al., in their “Digital Games for Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes: underpinning theory with three illustrative examples” (2015) study. Type 1 diabetes is a chronic condition that generally evolves in childhood and requires insulin administration on a daily basis. Therefore, children with diabetes need rigorous monitoring of their diet and blood sugar levels, as well as a rigorous self- management. Sometimes it is very difficult for the family to be aware of all the data and be informed at any time and anywhere. For this purpose, special mobile and desktop game apps and platforms have been developed, one successful example being the product launched by Ayogo Health. Monster Manor is a free game that helps families with children with Type 1 diabetes to be aware of their children’s testing and logging schedule. The game is designed as a health management toy that combines the monitoring need with having fun. Monster Manor is a game with an integrated diabetes tracking app and, whenever children access their diabetes information regarding blood glucose levels, they receive a reward in the form of a piñata to crack open in the game. This will help children collect more monsters, or buy new pets for their monster. This is a nice way to reward children for their efforts, encourage them to properly manage diabetes, and also offer parents the chance to monitor them, on a daily basis. Evenifitcanberelativelyeasyforchildren tocheatandintroduceerroneousvaluesonly to receive game rewards, the game seeks to inspiresupervisedchildrenandengagethem at a higher level with respect to diabetes testing and information monitoring. The scopeoftheprojectwasnottoobtaincorrect monitoring information from children, but to engage children in working individually on this matter, while also being monitored (as the software is also installed on parents’ devices, who can check on all the data provided by their child). Using this type of digital games, children and teenagers with diabetes can now handle their health problems much easier, through the gamification of disease management. It’s no news anymore that gamification and all kind of social in-game components can motivate patients and help them change their habits and lifestyle. During the last few years, an emerging need for improved cyber-security and regulation has been emerging and, as such, there is a high demand for particular resources for secure mHealth and eHealth solutions. The advancement brought to life quality improvement for patients is widely recognized, as they can now benefit from an active health self-management system, which allows them to become more independent through these self-assessment, or remote monitoring solutions. M-HEALTH AND DIGITAL GAMES: innovation for a new era in healthcare practice ANDRADA-IULIA GHETE onsidering all the fast emerging trends intheinformationandcommunication technology areas, we have found that our society is in a fast-paced race to implement e-healthsystems,whichguaranteeimproved healthcare services for patients and communities worldwide. What is E-health? The World Health Organization (WHO) defines e-health as the transfer of health careandhealthresourcesthroughelectronic means, but its terminology varies, from health informatics to healthcare practice using the Internet. Itisgenerallycomposedoutofthreemain areas, as enlisted by WHO: The distribution of health information for both professionals and consumers, via Internet and telecommunication means; The benefits extracted from IT and e-commerce aimed at public health services progress; The adoption of e-commerce and e-business methods in health systems management. The forms in which E-health can be transmitted are various, and they can be comprised out of health applications for smartphones,citedasm-healthormHealth. Mainly, these focus on the use of mobile communication devices for health and information purposes, but also on mobile health applications. Digitalgamesdesignedtohelpchildren with Type 1 Diabetes Mobile health (mHealth) is a sub-category of eHealth and it encompasses medical and INNOVATION
  • 49. SEPTEMBER 201548 No organization can now function without having clearly established goals, and this is generally accepted. However, although the importance and benefits of setting goals at the organizational, departmental or even individual level are broadly known, understood and agreed upon, when it comes to setting personal goals, people have mixed feelings. Is this useful or just time consuming? How can you set both bold and realistic goals? How can these goals be achieved easily? PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ADELINA CHELNICIUC SETTING PERSONAL GOALS. Decide what you want to achieve and go for it! 3. Motivational: having clear directions shouldofferpeoplethemotivationtheyneed toachievetheestablisheddirections.However, there is a strong interdependency between goalsettingandmotivation.Ontheonehand, setting goals boosts your motivation into achieving certain results but, on the other hand, goals should only be established after understandingtheinnermotivations,asgoals cannot reflect something that the individual has no wish or impulse in achieving. What should you consider when establishing personal goals? 1. It is now generally acknowledged that, within organizations, the objectives should rely on the company’s strategy. In personal terms,thestrategycanbetranslatedintoyour self-envisioning elements, such as the life purpose, as well as the personal mission and vision, and they should be established while keepingyourvaluesinmind.Thepurposeof clarifying these, for yourself, is making sure that your goals lead to achieving the desired stateinagiventime,whilemovingawayfrom all most unnecessary distractions. 2. In order to have a better focus on the aspects that you want to improve, goals First of all, why establish personal goals? In their paper Goal Setting: A Motivational Technique That Works!, Professors Edwin Locke and Gary Latham (1984) emphasized the benefits of setting goals in the organizational context. According to them, performance is boosted when setting goals, as they exert different functions, from the directive to the energizing one. So, why not apply the same principles when it comes to setting personal goals? By adapting the Goal Setting Theory to the personal context, the following functions can be established for personal goals as well: 1. Directive:personalgoalshelpindividuals directtheirattentionandefforttowardthose specific activities that are relevant in their attempttoachievethosegoals.Consequently, all effortthat would otherwisebe invested in other activities is now consciously directed towards specific purposes. 2. Energizing: bold, daring goals require more effort than the lower ones. Therefore, when establishing a specific goal and understanding its priority compared to others, people tend to dose their efforts for achieving it. SEPTEMBER 201548
  • 50. 49SEPTEMBER 2015 should be set for all key areas of your life, from the physical, social, emotional and spiritual dimensions to the financial and professional ones. 3. Makesureyourobjectivesaremeasurable! Ifyousetabstractgoals,youareunlikelytobe able to keep track of their level of attainment and, therefore, you risk losing focus and stepping away from the respective goals’ achievement. Asimpleandusefulapproachisdecomposing a SMART (Specific, Measurable, Attainable, RelevantandTime-bound)objective,insuch way as to make it easier to be tracked and, therefore, attained. Let’s take, for example, the SMART goal Improve my English skills in one year, by undertaking 4 English classes per month. It can be illustrated, in a simpler manner, as follows: Objective – Improve English skills + KPI – # Classes per month + Target – 4 + Timeframe – 1 year Asseen,KeyPerformanceIndicators(KPIs) can be established for your desired goals, as theirresultswillenableyoutotaketheactions needed.UsingKPIsgivesyouclarity,focuson whatmattersandwillsupportyourpersonal improvement process. Youhavesetyourpersonalgoals.What comes next? The simple action of setting goals is pointless if it is not part of an entire process of improving your personal performance, be it related to career, social life, family, health or all of the above. Three simple rules can be applied for increasing the effectiveness of your personal goals: 1. Keeptrackofyourobjectives!Sometimes, it becomes difficult to extract the essential fromthemultitudeofthoughtsthatcrossour minds every day. Make sure you remember yourobjectivesexactly,ideallybywritingthem down and returning to them whenever you need to regain focus on your path to success. 2. Establish an action plan and stick with it! Once you have set your goals for a specific time frame and you have established the way to measure their attainment, you have to take actions in order to reach the desired state. For example, if your career goal for the next five years is becoming a Performance Manager within an international company, the first actions you have to take are either optimizing your CV and online professional profiles, researching for companies that fit your needs and values and applying for the desired job, given that you already have the needed skills, or taking measures directed towards developing this capability, in case you don’t. 3. Review your objectives whenever necessary. Even if we talk about attaining thosegoalsandmovingontoasuperiorlevel or just readjusting goals that don’t fit your missionandvisionanymore,objectivesshould be reviewed in order to get the maximum of benefits out of this practice. Setting personal goals, far from being a time consuming, pointless activity, is one of the first steps that you should take into consideration when deciding to improve your personal performance. Applicable in all areas of your life, goal setting can make the difference between performing at your real capacity and wasting precious time and energy. Therefore, take the personal goal setting process for what it is: an impulse you offer yourself, for your own well-being! designed by Freepik.com The simple action of setting goals is pointless if it is not part of an entire process of improving your personal performance, be it related to career, social life, family, personal development, well-being or all of above. PERSONAL PERFORMANCE 49SEPTEMBER 2015
  • 51. SEPTEMBER 201550 DATA VISUALIZATION In the words of data visualization expert Edward Tufte, “Graphical excellence is that which gives to the viewer the greatest number of ideas in the shortest time, with the least ink, in the smallest space.” n both personal and professional levels, we are surrounded by massive amounts of data, whether we talk about nutritional labels on food products or departmental KPIs on a dashboard. Discussions on data visualization have rapidly increased over the last years as more executives, managers and analysts strive for a better understanding of the raw data behind everyday dashboards, scorecards or presidential poll results, for example. The struggle is to bring the raw data to life in a simple and comprehensible manner. However, as it lacks an overview, you can perceive statistical data as overwhelming, timeconsuminganddifficulttounderstand. We use data visualization to fulfil a basic humanneed,thatoftellingastoryinamore than verbal manner. Data visualization is the graphical representation of information with the purpose of communicating MANUEL HILA DATA VISUALIZATION Is a picture worth a thousand words? without words, increasing the speed at which data is comprehended by others and providing aid in the decision making process. Communicating visually Data visualization is not something new. Communicating data and information with visual means has been around in various forms for hundreds and arguably thousands of years. Graphical interaction with data has known a steep increasing trend among the full spectrum of users. From executives to front line personnel, data visualization is becoming a necessity. Among corporations across the globe, the line, bar, and pie charts are some of the most commonly used types of graphs. Yet, there is more to it. Today, through graphical displays of data, such as dashboardsandscorecards,usersaremoving on from static reporting and data tables to a more interactive workspace, which allows them to better comprehend and manipulate data, as well as to reach a strategic decision by viewing past, present and future trends. In accordance with FusionCharts’ white paperonPrinciplesofDataVisualization,in thebusinessenvironment,datavisualization follows two broad goals: explanatory and exploratory. In the first case, the viewer is directed along a defined path: he starts by having a question in mind and, after visualizing the data, he finds the answer. Therefore, the data tells the viewer a story. An exploratory visualization offers the viewer many dimensions to a data set, or benchmarks multiple data sets. Therefore, the viewer requires time to first familiarize himself with the visual aspect, identify an areaofinterest,andthenexplorethedifferent dimensions of the image. Thus, the viewer finds the story that data is transmitting.
  • 52. 51SEPTEMBER 2015 Howvisualsaidinformationretention It has been proven that information retention after a meeting, for example, can be boosted up to six times when that information is presented through visual and oralmeans,insteadofmerelyspokenwords. When processing visual information, there are two types of memory that play an important role: Long-Term memory (a vast store of knowledge and a record of prior events); Working memory (temporary background memory for an episodic buffer). When using the long-term memory, one expects to see the information on a visualization on X and Y axes with the corresponding unit markers, or the legend graph besides it. This type of memory is formed in time by past interactions and experiences with other visualizations. All in all, you rely on your working memory to retain the partial results while solving an arithmetic problem without paper or when noticing a number of interest onadashboard.Thistypeofmemorybreaks the vast visual information into smaller pieces, which are much easier to remember. Ontheimportanceofeffectiveprocess based visualization Gooddatavisualizationiscriticaltomaking smarter business decisions, and it might contribute to improving performance. The need to make sense of and communicate datatoothersisrapidlyincreasingand,thus, astimepasses,newwaysarecreatedtobetter and more efficiently deliver information in a non-verbal matter. Information technology, software and design, combined with the principles of visualization create sophisticated images and animations to aid large data sets comprehension. By covering a growing range of areas, industries and projects, visualization tools reflect creative ways of communicating data to others, with virtually no limit to what kind of informationcanbetranslatedintoanimage. Vision is the main key to communicating information. The data visualization process should rely on identifying the purpose of the data. The question of “what is the story of the data?” should be asked both before creating a visualization and using it. On the other hand, sometimes it may be difficult to identify the message of a visual representation. This situation might be caused by the failure to consider best practices, such as understanding the data type, identifying the relationship between the data, keeping it simple and wasting no pixels. Some of the benefits of efficient data visualization are: Action – it supports the decision making process; Immediacy – it provides immediate answerstothebusinessquestionsthatmight appear, as patterns, trends and connections between variables can easily be spotted; Challenge – it stimulates the brain to come up with ideas. In other words, visual representations can “light the bulb”; Insights – it draws out insights from large amounts of data. About the pitfalls or how visuals can misinform Visualization is becoming vital for transmitting information in a non-verbal manner, but when done wrong, it creates more confusion and ambiguity rather than provide the desired answers. Visualization ideas, which at first might seem brilliant, can turn out to be puzzling for viewers, diminishing their willingness to look for answers due to the complexity or bad representation of the data. One of the easiest ways to misrepresent data in a visual rendition is by messing with the X and Y axis on charts, rearranging elements such as bar graphs, line graphs, or scattered plots. In most cases, the Y-axis should have a range starting from 0 to a maximum that encompasses the data range. Unfortunately, taken to an extreme, as in the example below, this technique can create a distorted view of the data, making the differences between values appear much larger than they really are. The two graphs below present the same data from two different points of view. In the first case, it gives the impression that the interest rates have skyrocketed, while in the second case the difference is slightly observable. The difference between the lowest value and the highest value is 0.014%. By displaying the data with a zero- baseline Y-axis, the viewer has a more realistic picture of the facts, perceiving that the rates are almost static. Such examples are widely seen almost everywhere and the question on everyone’s mind is “Why start at 2.14%? Why not any other value?” Before creating any visualization and thinking of its design, you should consider some key aspects and try to answer some of the following questions: What story will the data tell? What questions should the visualization bring forth? Which data needs to be highlighted? What is the best architecture for revealing the most important aspects of the visual? Who are the viewers? As you answer some of these questions, the right design and implementation process can begin. It does not mean that the visual aspect will not require any changes along the way, but taking the right route in the design phase will simplify the work and help create a better and more understandable representation. Visualizations rely on accurate and coordinated data, so it is essential to double check the data upon which the visualization is created. If the data is incomplete or faulty, or the data sets differ in definition or units, the final visualization may lead to a poor interpretation of the results, causing a faulty or misleading conclusion. Even if the data is consistent, a poorly conceived visualization might show nothing or highlight irrelevant facts. It all comes down to quality. Visually 83% Hearing 11% Smell 3.5% Touch 1.5% Taste 1% DATA VISUALIZATION
  • 53. SEPTEMBER 201552 ANDRADA-IULIA GHETE BENCHMARKING: A story of best practices and success All businesses are in a continuous search for processes and quality improvements that will eventually lead them to achieving a superior level of performance in their activity. BENCHMARKING
  • 54. 53SEPTEMBER 2015 enchmarking represents a very important methodology, used to supportsignificantbusinessimprovements, although it has not been, so far, explored to its full potential. Its methodological uniqueness is represented by the identification of those processes that lead to a superior performance, followed by the analysis of the facts behind that success. What is benchmarking? An operational definition of benchmarking, as developed by specialists in the field, is finding and implementing best practices. In regards to other definitions of benchmarking, we can refer to the Australian Manufacturing Council (AMC 1994), which defined benchmarking as „the ongoing,systematicprocesstosearchforand introduce international best practice into an organization”, or to Spendolini (1992), who described benchmarking as being “the continuous and systematic process of identifying, analyzing, and adapting industries’ best practices that will lead an organization to superior performance”. In a nutshell, benchmarking seeks to improve one’s business through the comparison of performance metrics with representative companies, from the same or different industries, which will spark innovative ideas and lead to developing superior procedures. Benchmarking history The term “benchmarking” has its origin in the 1970s, when it was first used for identifying a reference point from which other measurements can be made - a “benchmark”. Historically, benchmarking is basedontoolslikethecompetitiveadvantage analysis and the Kaizen framework, which stipulate continuous incremental improvement, or “change for the best”. In the 1980s, several corporations, especially from the technological field, started introducing benchmarking as a standard organizational procedure. Prior to this, Xerox, which was the biggest copy machines manufacturer worldwide, implemented competitive benchmarking around the mid-1970’s, when the company went through complete revival. Xerox compared itself directly with the best competitors in the market in order to determine what would be the best approach to increasing productivity, while decreasing costs. Rank Xerox reworked business thinking through the benchmarking plan they have introduced. Robert C. Camp, Manager of Benchmarking Competency Quality and Customer Satisfaction at Xerox, developed a five-phase benchmarking process, containing twelve main steps to be followed. Xerox soon became a world- class organization and the first company to win the Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award, in 1989 and the European Quality Award in 1992. Benchmarking benefits A benchmarking study provides several benefits, including a set of measures for assessing the performance of the project system and a baseline for measuring improvements. It also offers the opportunity to compare an organization’s performance against industry competitors, noting strengths, weaknesses, and different ways of executing projects. Moreover, through benchmarking, companies can elaborate proposals for improving the project system, monitor organizational performance and see which of their competitors perform at the highest and lowest levels. main categories: informal and formal benchmarking. Informalbenchmarkingreferstolearning from others’ experiences. This implies consulting with experts, networking, and obtain data from websites, online databases, or publications. Formal benchmarking can also be divided into two main categories: performance benchmarking and best practices benchmarking. Performance benchmarking enables a performance gap to be identified and refers to the comparison of performance data obtained through studying similar processes or activities. This type of benchmarking can be conducted through comparison of financial measures or comparison of non-financial measures. Best practice benchmarking focuses on comparing performance data obtained by studying similar processes or activities and identifying, adapting and implementing the practices that produced the best performance results. It represents the most powerful type of benchmarking, which focuses on “action” and is used for learning from the experience of others and achieving significant improvements in performance. Best practice benchmarking can also be divided into four different types, as follows: internal benchmarking, competitive benchmarking, strategic benchmarking and generic benchmarking. Benchmarkingisnowadaysacknowledged as being a core component of the quality improvement methodology and can be considered one the most important contribution to it after Deming’s or Juran’s foundations. Deming introduced the 14 Points on Quality Management as a basis for implementing the total quality management for helping organizations increase their productivity and processes quality, whereas Juran‘s contributions to quality management might have been even greater, as he focused on the management’s responsibility in achieving quality and the need for setting goals. A benchmark is generally used for improving the organization’s processes, communication or for budgetary reasons. Benchmarking plays a key role in helping organizations monitor their performance and deal with the policy process within their industry. Among the factors that can determine a successful benchmarking process, the followingcanbementioned:agoodselection of variables to be measured, full comparison compatibility of the measured processes and a good allotment of resources. BENCHMARKING A benchmark is generally used for improving the organization’s processes, communication or for budgetary reasons. Benchmarking process The benchmarking process can be conducted in several ways. One option is to use benchmarking data taken from processes commonly used within an industry, or functional benchmarking data for various processes that exist in several industries. Another approach is related to internal benchmarking, that compares common activities across different divisions of the same organization. The benchmarking process follows four main stages: Planning: setting objectives, literature research, stakeholders’ targeting, developing the preliminary questionnaire; Data collection: surveys, site visits, interviews; Analyses: comparative statistical and practical analyses of the participating organizations, discrepancies analysis; Improvement:applyingpotentialchanges, resulted from studying the organization’s management system, in order to improve performance, monitor progress and plan ongoing benchmarking activities. Benchmarking types Benchmarking can be divided into two
  • 55. SEPTEMBER 201554 structured and standardized manner; They provide detailed information about each indicator; They ensure consistency in measuring and interpreting KPIs; They enhance KPIs understanding. The most important functions of the KPI documentation forms are: Communication facilitator through standardization; Automation enabler; Knowledge management facilitator; Stakeholders’ educator (KPI owners and data custodians); Buy-in enabler, by involving stakeholders. Q:How can KPIs be activated? Activating KPIs is an important challenge that companies face after implementing a performance management system. What techniques can be used to make sure that KPIs are activated? Meeting KPI data custodians in person; Involvingdata custodiansina communityofpractice; Sending reminder emails. Meeting KPI data custodians in person brings three main benefits: It captures attention, especially when new initiatives or projects are developed; It inspires a positive emotional atmosphere that paves the way for innovation and collaboration; It builds human networks and business relationships. Involving data custodians in a community of practice translates into promoting the importance of exploring and communicating current and best practices in working with data for KPIs. The technique offers three main advantages: It provides a common platform for data custodians to Q: What techniques can be used to select KPIs? Selecting Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) is, by far, the most challenging aspect of establishing a performance management framework. There are some techniques that can be used to facilitate the selection process: 1. KPI expo: it consists of presenting a list of KPIs during the KPI selection workshop, in order to offer participants an overview of the KPIs and to start the process keeping in mind the final outcomes. 2. KPI wall clustering: it is an exercise used to group KPIs based on objectives or relevant activities. Keep in mindthatitisimportanttoensureinteractivity between workshop participants during the exercise. Discussing each KPI and deciding on appropriate clustering ensures involvement and helps the buy-in process. 3. KPI selection criteria: it refers to defining clear specifications that will help to filter all the brainstormed KPI examples. A variety of criteria can be established, but it is important to keep the process simple and avoid using a vast array of complex filtering features. Three basic characteristics need to be taken into consideration. KPIs should be: Relevant – The KPI represents a measurable expression for the achievement of a desired level of results in an area significant to the organization. It can be the achievement of a strategic objective or an aspect that is essential for decision making; Clearly defined – KPIs should be described by using clear and intelligible terms. It is recommended to avoid management jargons or abstract concepts; Balanced – Ideally, when selecting KPIs, two indicators are recommended to be monitored for each objective in order to avoid negative behavior. The risk of attaining the target for one performance indicator, while ignoring the achievement of the other can be reduced if KPIs are balanced. Q: Why should we use KPI documentation forms? The KPI documentation form is a template that structures the most relevant information regarding a given indicator. Some important fields of the form are the KPI definition, the calculation formula and the target. In addition, other relevant fields can be used, such as: subordinate measures, limitations and notes. Some of the main reasons for using KPI documentation forms can be structured as follows: They assist in the documentation of KPIs in a clear, ASKTHEEXPERTS The process of strategic planning must be continuously reviewed on year term basis and the link with Performance Management is the key Maria Elena Sanz Ibarra, HR Director, Ministry of Transportation and Telecommunications, Chile ASK THE EXPERTS
  • 56. 55SEPTEMBER 2015 ANDREEA VECERDEA Establishing targets is just the first step towards high performance, as adjustments to the internal processes and constant analyses on obtained results, compared to fixed marks, are necessary to achieve the desired performance, in a healthy manner. Q: Which are the key steps to implementing an Individual Performance Management System? Individual performance management systems, which offer employees and managers an opportunity to identify strengths and weaknesses in their performance and establish new directions for improvement, imply following 6 key steps in order be properly implemented. Step #1 Clarify the organizational context: This refers to reviewing the organization’s current state and its needs, which require the implementation of an individual performance management system. It helps not only in understanding the organizational culture and employee perceptions regarding such a system, but also in identifying the obstacles that might influence a successful implementation. Step #2 Establish the system implementation project plan: It refers to following all the necessary steps for implementing the performance management system at individual level (i.e. obtaining project approval, designing the project implementation plan, project communication to stakeholders, project initiation, monitoring and continuous review). Step #3 Define components and templates used: It can be done by analyzing best case practices or through the HR manager’s recommendations. Managers need to establish standardized templates that will therefore be used within their organizations. Step #4 Presentations and training sessions for management and employees: They should be implemented in order to ensure that both the management and the employees understand the individual performance management system and the project implementation plan. During these sessions, the purpose and objectives of using such a system will be explained,alongwiththeroleassignedtoeachemployee. Step #5 Project implementation: It refers to the start- up phase of the system implementation, by using all components. It implies stakeholder involvement and system validation during the process, for continuous improvement. Step #6 System monitoring and review: The purpose ofthisstepiscomparingcurrentresultswiththeexpected ones and analyzing the outcomes. System monitoring and continuous reviews will help in achieving the project’s objectives in due time. RAMONA GLIGOREA CRISTINA TĂRÂȚĂ MIHAI TOMA communicate and share work related experience; It stimulates learning by supplying a medium for sharing best practices and tutoring; It creates collaborative processes that add value and maximize data custodian efficiency. Sending reminder emails is another KPI activation technique that can be used. It may seem very straight forward, but many companies underestimate the importance and efficiency of this technique. Sending reminder emails creates a sense of urgency in regards to thedatagatheringprocessandservesasanoticefordata custodians that are not on schedule with providing data. Q: Which are the challenges in setting targets? A target reflects the desired level of a Key Performance Indicator (KPI). Targets make the results derived from measurement more meaningful and provide organizations with feedback regarding performance. They are a mandatory prerequisite for each KPI measured, and should be quantifiable and clearly expressed. The process of setting targets should be based on sound research. Sources of relevant information are: internal historical data, benchmarking reports and, in some instances, even annual reports from competitors or other companies from the same or a similar industry. Settingtherighttargetsis,inmostcases,anadjustment process. Acknowledging the internal capabilities of the company is essential, but testing different target levels can lead to experiential learning and eventually to the right target. Some examples of challenges that can appear when using targets are: Keeping targets ambitious, yet attainable; Preventing negative behaviors that may occur by overemphasizing reaching targets; Maintaining flexibility and adjusting targets. Many organizations will give up before they actually start to get the results. It’s about these two things: know what you want and be disciplined in applying the tools to get it! Gregory Richards, Professor of Performance Management, Telfer School of Management, University of Ottawa, Canada Head of Research Programs, The KPI Institute Head of Professional Practice TKI MENA Head Of Performance Management Office Sibiu, The KPI Institute Talent Development Specialist, The KPI Institute ASK THE EXPERTS
  • 57. SEPTEMBER 201556 LIFESTYLE More and more people are now taking healthy living to a whole new level, by fully understanding the importance of nutrition and acting accordingly. Monitoring one’s daily diet is no longer regarded as a matter of losing weight, or as exhaustively attached to the fashion industry. It is, on the contrary, understood for its real value, as a means of control and awareness. Nutrition trends In 2014, many trends that hesitantly appeared over the last few years are being revitalized. From different types of diets and food trends, to using numerous types of gadgets meant for measuring one’s health and fitness level. The Dairy Council of California has recently released their Top 10 Nutrition Trends for 2014, which offers details about the current food and nutrition issues. The trends they have identified are also completed by the Food Technology magazine and New Nutrition Business. Some of the main trends of this year, which identify the most impacting changes in the way people choose to eat, buy and consequently behave and feel are: 1. Natural food: the main focus is on giving up on the so-called “junk food” and turning towards natural, fresh food grows, such as gluten-free or low sodium products. The trend applies both to producers and consumers. Let’s take, for example, the nutrition labels. Consumers seem to have an insatiable appetite for nutrition and diet information, as they got used to reading the labels, and more and more people now count their daily number of calories or even choose products based on information from food labels, while producers provide this piece of information even when not mandatory, proving their customers transparency and interest for their physical well-being. Millennials, quoted by Forbes in their article Consumers Not Lovin’ Fast Food As Much These Days, has recently reported a 20% decrease in visits to fast food chains, showing an obvious increase in people’s concern for their health and physical well-being, in the detriment of saving money or time; 2. The extensive use of proteins: in the last couple of years, proteins have been increasingly acknowledged for their multiple benefits when it comes to health and fitness, escalating to the point where they have become one of the main assets in weight management and muscle building; 3. The so-called “performance nutrition”: far from targeting professional athletes only, nutrition bars, energy drinks and other similar products are now used by a large amount of people, regardless of their involvement in sports, be it casual jogging or a simple recreational activity. NUTRITION 2.0 Eat. Track. Perform. ADELINA CHELNICIUC LIFESTYLE Tracking trends The fact that people tend to adopt new and improved nutrition habits is now becoming clear. In this context, the need to have better clarity and focus on their habits and results comes naturally. These are the reasons why many people have turned towards using different gadgets to measure their daily activities. When it comes to nutrition, there are many tools that people can use in order to count their calories and even plan their diet, from simple mobile phone apps to wearable monitors, that keep track of the calories burned or steps taken throughout the day, in addition to other aspects, such as heart rate or sleep quality. Some of these gadgets even allow people to establish their own targets, as it is well known that setting clear goals boosts one’s motivation to take actions in order to achieve them. What do all these trends tell us? Are people becoming too self-centered, too obsessed with their physical appearance, too superficial? Not at all. This issue has to be regarded from a totally different perspective. Physical well-being strongly influences one’s psychological state, in aspects such as self- confidence, memory, mood, or even one’s ability to concentrate. All this eventually translates into performance, both in personal life and at work.
  • 58. 57SEPTEMBER 2015 Dash Smart Headphones are the world’s first wireless smart in-ear headphones that allow you to play, track and talk. The Dash tracks movement, like pace, steps, cadence and distance and provides an overview of your personal performance during a full day or a fitness session. It can also memorize users’ goals to produce an overview of the performance milestones that have been met according to the established goals. All this feedback is provided in real time, in an acoustic way through headphones. The most brilliant feature is that it even works without an attached smartphone. Effectively, they are the single smallest and most complex personal performance tracking tool, with communications on top. DashSmartHeadphones it’s all in your head NodRing one ring to rule them all MIHAI PACULEA Its main purpose is to transform movements into commands for the technological devices around us such as: laptops, Smart TVs, and some ambient features. It sums up a number of advantages and wraps them all around your little finger. It can be used for professional purposes, for example during a presentation, to swipe slides, to start/stop it; or everyday activities, like changing channels on your TVs, or typing notes without even touching anything. One of its neatest features is that with this ring, graphic designers can improve their performance because they are using their hands not a mouse or any other device to create pictures and designs. And these are just a few of the Nod Rings’ features. GoogleLens feast your eyes Google developers are not only making computers wearable and cars driverless – They are also using their expertisetohelphealthcaredevelop,bybuildingagadget with which diabetics can keep track of their sugar level. The contact lens uses processors, a glucose sensor that has been specially developed for the Google Lens and an antenna, thinner than a human hair that communicates the results to a device, like a smartphone. What will the process look like? The sensor detects glucose levels in the wearer’s tears, collecting readings once every second, which are transmitted by an antenna to an external device.This device could greatly increase the quality of life for diabetics, who have to monitor their blood sugar levels throughout the day. SamsungGearS complete mobility Samsung Gear S is a fitness companion that allows you to monitor your health, featuring enhanced multi sensors and a built in GPS. It is designed to coach and help motivate people that are using it during fitness programs. It also includes some features that are not fitness-related, like the S Voice, that literally takes tasks off your hands, and the 24-hour News Briefing that offers the most attractive news during the past 24 hours. HARDWAREREVIEW HARDWARE A new era dawns on our personal life, as our environment is slowly but certainly embracing technology. Devices, gadgets, apps and appliances are all being assimilated in routine activities, adding a new dimension to one’s daily experience. Although a lot of these new devices are labeled as being created for leisure and daily assistance, all of them can be used to measure performance in our personal life and to track the evolution towards the milestones we establish for ourselves.
  • 59. SEPTEMBER 201558 • Extensive collections of the most visited KPIs on smartkpis.com, across functional areas and industries; • Thorough analysis of each KPI according to smartKPIs.com documentation form and standards; • Proof-of-concept of relevant KPIs, documented at best practice standards. Explore the extensive Top KPIs series dedicated to analyzing the most popular KPIs by visiting: http://store.kpiinstitute.org/publications.html ReportsbyFunctionalArea ReportsbyIndustry Best-selling Top KPIs Reports TOP 25 KPIS REPORTS
  • 60. 59SEPTEMBER 2015 2013 - 2015 TOP KPIS REPORTS ReportsbyIndustry ReportsbyFunctionalArea Top 25 Accounting KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Accounts Payable and Receivable KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Administration / Office Support KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Advertising KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Application Development KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Asset Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Compensation and Benefits KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Compliance and Audit Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Contract Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Corporate Travel KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 CSR KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Customer Service KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Data Center KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 eCommerce KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Efficiency and Effectiveness KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Email Marketing KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Enterprise Architecture KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Environmental Care KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Facilities Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Finance KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Forecasts & Valuation KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Governance KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 HSSE KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Human Resources KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Information Technology KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Innovation KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Inventory Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 IT Security KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Knowledge Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Legal Services KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Academic Education KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Accounting Services KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Airlines KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Airports KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Banking and Credit KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Broadcasting (TV and Radio) KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Business Consulting KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Call Center KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Civil Engineering KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Coaching / Training KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Coal and Minerals Mining KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Colleges and Universities KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Construction of Buildings KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Crops KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Customs KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Electricity KPIs of 2013-2015 Top25EmergencyResponse/AmbulanceServicesKPIsof2013-2015 Top 25 Engineering KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Event Production and Promotion KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Film and Music KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Forestry and Logging KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Healthcare KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Hospitals KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Hotel KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Insurance KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Investments KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Land Transport (Road & Rail) KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Legal Practice KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Libraries and Archives KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Livestock, Hunting and Fishing KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Local Government KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Local Public Transport KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Medical Laboratory KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Medical Practice KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Mortgages KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Museums KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Natural Gas KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 NGO KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Oil and Gas KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Pension Funds KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Ports KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Postal and Courier Services KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Preventive Healthcare KPIs of 2013-2015 Top25PrimaryandSecondarySchools/K-12KPIsof2013-2015 Top 25 Property Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Publishing KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Railways KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Real Estate Development KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Real Estate Transactions KPIs of 2013-2015 Top25Recruitment/EmploymentActivitiesKPIsof2013-2015 Top 25 Restaurant KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Retail KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Roads KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Shipping KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Social Media KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Sport Club Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Sport Event Organisation KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 State Government KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Sustainability KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Telecommunications KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Tour Operator KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Training and Other Education KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Travel Agency KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Water and Sewage KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Liquidity KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Logistics / Distribution KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Maintenance KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Marketing KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Network Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Online Advertising KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Online Publishing - Weblogs KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Portfolio Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Procurement / Purchasing KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Production KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Profitability KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Project Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Public Relations KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Quality Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 R&D KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Recruitment KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Retention KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Risk Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Sales KPIs of 2013-2015* Top 25 Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Service Delivery KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Service Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Supply Chain Management KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Supply Chain*, Procurement, Distribution KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Talent Development KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Web Analytics KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Workforce KPIs of 2013-2015 Top 25 Working Environment KPIs of 2013-2015
  • 61. SEPTEMBER 201560 SOFTWAREREVIEW SOFTWARE MIHAI PACULEA What are the trends in Data Analytics? First of all, we need to understand that this field witnesses continuous adjustments and developments. Decisive changes are happening in the world of Business Intelligence (BI) and Analytics, which include data discovery techniques, real-time data analysis and better in-depth analysis of mature data. Why is it happening? In the past few years, there has been a continuous drop in costs for data acquiring, storing and managing. Consequently, more and more companies find it practical and cost-efficient to apply BI and Analytics in a lot of situations, in order to minimize the risk of taking a bad decision. So, where are we now in Data Analytics? Consistent with this behavioral change among managers and corporations, BI platforms now switch to more user- friendly and analysis-centric solutions. To be able to create an analysis-centric solution that would be used by large amounts of people, the BI software platforms are now adopting more accessible interfaces, based on many drag and drop options and abounding in alternatives for customizing the way data analysis is generated. Anotherfactorthatinfluencestheevolutionofsoftware products over the next years is clouding. The cost of clouding information is dropping very fast and its well known advantages (high-security level and backed-up information) are catching the attention of BI managers’, who start investing in the development of such solutions. From a user’s point of view, the biggest advantage is the possibility to access this information from anywhere, using any laptop, without being tied to the work station. Here are some examples of software products that best illustrate the above mentioned trends: What’s in store for Data Analytics? After most of small to medium companies will have embraced these Data Analytics trends, and large companies will have gotten familiar with gathering data and implementing it in a BI solution, it’s time for the next step in achieving organizational performance. This step will be represented by predictive analytics, which encompass a variety of statistical techniques from modeling, machine learning and data mining, along with analyzing current and historical data in order to make predictions about future events or future behavioral patterns. The most common types of predictive analytics are predictive models, descriptive models and decision models. Most managers are interested in the latter ones, in order to better understand the potential results and impact behind decisions and to lower the probability of failure caused by taking a non-fact based decision. Anotherverychallengingaspectisfindingawaytouse unstructured information. There is a lot of unstructured information that is now ignored by business managers due to the time needed to structure and transform it into data that is useful for the decision making process. This will only happen if NoSQL technologies will improve the way this information is structured into data, as well as the analyzing options they provide for the final user. Qlikview: one of the main reason Qlik became a market leader is because of its capabilities in data discovery; TableauSoftware:itbenefitsfromahighlyintuitive,visual-baseddata discovery. Its dashboarding and data mashup capabilities met business users’ expectations about what they can discover in data and sharing possibilities, without extensive BI platforms skills or training; IBM Software Solutions: IBM offers a complete range of enterprise- grade BI, performance management and advanced analytics platform capabilities; Tibco:isknownasoneoftheearlyleadersinthefieldofdatadiscovery, with a flexible, easy-to-use platform for user-driven information, exploration and analysis. Another important and very strong advantage isthecapabilityofpublishinginteractiveandvisualdashboards,building predictive models and producing analytic applications. This increases managers’ flexibility and, therefore, the flexibility of the entire decision making process. And yet, there is more in terms of increasing the portability of software solutions. Today, most of top BI solutions are integrating their software solutions on platforms such as Android and iOS, as lots of managers demand to have the data available at any moment of the day, naturally integrated within their activities.
  • 62. 61SEPTEMBER 2015 5.Arts Governance: People, Passion, Performance by Ruth Rentschler Saluting the emergent enterprising arts organizations, the book brings about the importance of performance management in a cultural context. Based on actual research, that drafts on employing numerous research methodologies and a large number of data from the field, the book brings an innovative answer to impending issues affiliated to managing and operating an arts organizations. Reading for performance DENISA CALIN 1.Armstrong’sHandbookofPerformance Management: AnEvidence-BasedGuideto DeliveringHighPerformance by Michael Armstrong This addition to the Performance Management literature represents the latest version of Michael Armstorng’s series of handbooks. This edition brings new light to this classical text by including the most recent developments in managing individual performance for driving business growth and comes with useful tools and management practice data from more than 150 organizations. 2.PerformanceManagementinNonprofit Organizations:GlobalPerspectives by Zahirul Hoque (Editor), Lee Parker (Editor) Moving to prove that performance management is about more than money, this book represents a research-based resource for academics, students and practitioners alike. Inspired from the reality of today’s non-profit and non-governmental organizations, which prompts for accountability and transparency, the book focuses on current issues, designing and implementing performance management systems and performance management measurements for this very particular sector. 3. The Agility Factor: Building Adaptable Organizations for Superior Performance by Christopher G. Worley, Thomas D. Williams and Edward E. Lawler III This books dives into the topic of building long- term business profitability, uncovering what factors drive and guarantee profitability in the long run. The material is the result of a massive study, conducted on over 200 large companies, which highlight agility as the main agent for sustainable and, yes, highly profitable long-term business endeavors. Ample examples are provided, in the form of case studies, for helping managers across industries turn their companies into highly successful businesses. 4.Fundamentals of Risk Management: Understanding, Evaluating and Implementing Effective Risk Management by Paul Hopkin Launched recently, the book brings fresh knowledge on how to take on organizational risk. Bringing extensive descriptions, in international case studies and examples from both the private and public sectors, the book brings practical insights for assessing and managing organizational risk, with implications for improving a company’s performance and resilience. 6.The Marketing Performance Blueprint: Strategies and Technologies to Build and Measure Business Success by Paul Roetzer This new addition to the performance literature moves to prove what can happen when science and marketing mastery work for and with your organization. All with a keen focus on processes, tools, technology and strategies for helping performance- driven organizations attain their performance goals. 1 2 3 5 4 6 RECOMMENDED RESOURCES
  • 63. SEPTEMBER 201562 positive results were visible: 74% of people applauded the changes and there was a decrease in injuries by 63%. Times Square is now the most frequented place in New York, as proven by its 50 million visitors per year. Although the documentary focuses on adopting a “human scale” in the way cities are designed, there are further ramifications that can be developed from here. In the business world, recent studies have shown that employee satisfaction and engagement, as well as customer satisfaction are crucial to the success and evolution of any company. The proper emphasis on human resources within a business is a very important performance driver. Using a similar approach when developing business strategies and goals may be the way to the future. A business environment based on a “human scale” may be beneficial in the same way cities have benefited from it. A functional and more natural interaction between employees and management, customers and employees is one of the expected results. This will most likely lead to engaged employees and satisfied customers and, as a result, to a more productive and successful company. The Human Scale, a documentary directed by Andreas Møl Dalsgaard, tackles a problematic issue in today’s social environment. At the moment, 50% of the world’s population lives in urban areas, but by 2050 this is assumed to increase to 80%. The end result will be a greater growing rate of megalopolises. Currently, cities are being planned with an emphasis on highway or freeway systems, high-rise buildings and work spaces. This approach has led to material gains, but the costs in human interaction, happiness and social life have not been measured, and the consequences are noticeable on many levels. Growing violence and insecurity. Social exclusion at an ever greater scale. Human alienation and social phobia. Depression and anxiety. These are the society’s most common diseases today. In the past 40 years, the Danish architect Jan Gehl has studied exactly this: human behavior in large cities and how the physical environment affects human beings on an emotional and social level. This has lead to studies on how human beings use the streets, how they walk, see, rest, meet, interact in a modern day city. He answered questions like: How many people pass this street throughout a 24 hour period? What is the percentage of pedestrians? How many are driving cars or bikes? How much of the street space are various groups allowed to use? Is this street performing well for all its users? TheresearchmadebytheDanisharchitectwasbasedon a quantitative analysis of the pedestrian traffic in a city and how this is influenced by the city’s infrastructure. His research fulminated in the planning of Denmark’s capital, Copenhagen. The main idea was to put people in the center of the equation, as opposed to buildings or highway systems. Walking streets, bike paths, the reorganization of parks, squares and other public spaces have made Copenhagen the world’s most livable city in 2013, according to Monocle Magazine. The documentary portrays how cities like Melbourne, Dhaka, New York, Chongqing and Christchurch are now also being inspired by Gehl’s work and by the developments in Copenhagen. The most famous example, New York, adopted this approach in 2007. Broadway, and more especially Times Square, were the focus of the city planners. They limited traffic in the area, created walking spaces, bike lanes and set up areas where people could gather to socialize and interact. The MIHAI TOMA THE HUMAN SCALE RECOMMENDED RESOURCES